PIPE SUPPORT HARDWARE

atalog No. 6. WITH PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS PIPE SUPPORT HRDWRE RPENTER & PTERSON, IN. DESIGNERS ENGINEERS MNUFTURERS

Introduction Since 9 arpenter & Paterson, Inc. has specialized in the manufacture and distribution of a complete line of pipe hangers and supports for commercial and industrial applications. Our designs are in accordance with SME. and MSS-SP 8. We have extensive capabilities to design, and fabricate support systems utilizing the latest technologies that will satisfy all customer requirements. Our sales and engineering group offer a full range of experience in the areas of product design and value engineering and are available to discuss your project needs. Our supports have been specified and installed on major water treatment, pharmaceutical, process piping, petro-chemical, hospital, and school buildings as well as many other industrial projects throughout the world. arpenter & Paterson, Inc. products and the Witch trademark are synonymous in the pipe support industry for quality. Our mission is to support the mechanical industry with timely estimates, efficient designs, and full-line inventories that will allow us to meet our customers critical schedules. WITH PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS opyright 2007 arpenter & Paterson, Inc. ll Rights Reserved

PITORIL INDEX PIPE TTHMENTS Figure and Hanger Page Figure 4 Hinge Hanger Page Figure 72 Pipe lip Page Figures 8, 8RT, 8PT, 8SG Extension Ring Hanger Page 6 Figure 89 Riser lamp Page 8 L L L L Figures 90, 90PT Split Ring Hanger, Double Tapping Page 9 Figures 9, 9Z Heavy Duty Three olt Pipe lamp Pages 20, 2 Figures 00, 00SS levis Hanger Page 22 Figure 00DI levis Hanger for Ductile Iron Pipe Page 24 Figure 00EL Elongated levis Hanger Page 2 L L L Figure 00SH Refrigeration Hanger and Shield Page 26 Figure 0 djustable Pipe Support Page 27 Figure 0U djustable Floor Support Page 28 Figure Wire Pipe Hook Page 28 Figure 4 Short lip Page 29 L L L L Figure 24 Riser lamp Page 0 Figure 2 Pipe Stanchion with U-olt Page Figure 2SP Floor Support Page 2 Figure 26 Extension Riser lamp Page 2 Figure 26LD Plastic Pipe Riser lamp Page 4

PITORIL INDEX PIPE TTHMENTS L Figure 27 nchor hair Page 4 Figure 6 Pipe Support Page Figure 6SP Floor Support Page 2 Figure 7 djustable Pipe Support Page Figure 8 Threaded ase Stand Page 6 L L Figure 4 Pipe hair Page 7 Figure 8 Ductile Iron Pipe lamp Page 8 Figure 8D Double olt Ductile Iron Pipe lamp Page 8 Figures 7, 7SP Two olt Pipe lamp Page 40 Figure 79 Offset Pipe lamp Page 9 L L Figure 200 Light Duty levis Hanger Page 4 Figure 200V Vee levis Hanger Page 42 Figure 200VT Vee Trough Page 86 Figure 22 Wall Pipe Support Page 4 Figure 222 Short U-olt Page 44 Figure 227 Return Line Offset Hook Page 4 Figure 227S Return Line Hook Page 4 Figure 27S One Hole Pipe lamp Page 46 Figure 240 djustable Split Swivel Hanger Page 47 Figure 247 Pipe Support Page 46 2

PITORIL INDEX PIPE TTHMENTS L L Figure 28 Underground Socket lamp Washer Page 9 Figure 267 Extended Offset Pipe lamp Page 48 Figure 282 Right ngle eam lamp Page 48 Figures 28, 28SS Standard U-olt Page 49 Figure 28L Light Duty U-bolt Page L L Figure 298 Heavy Duty Two olt Pipe lamp Page 2 Figure 04 Three olt Pipe lamp Page Figure 04Z lloy Three olt Pipe lamp Page 4 Figure 7 ack-to-ack hannel ssembly Page 8 Figure 74 ngle Iron Support Page 8 Figure 800 djustable Swivel Ring Page Figure 800FP NFP Swivel Ring Page 7 Figure 08 Pipe Strap Page 9 Figure DWV Drain, Waste, Vent lamp Page 9 PIPE ROLLS Figure 7 hair and Roll Page 60 Figure 9 hair and Roll Page 6 Figure 40 djustable hair and Roll Page 6 Figure djustable hair and Roll Page 6 Figure 4 Roller hair Page 67

PITORIL INDEX PIPE ROLLS L Figure 6 Roll and Plate Page 68 Figure 67 Pipe Roll Page 69 Figure 09 djustable Roll Support Page 70 Figure 0 Roller Support Page 7 Figure 40 Harvard Roll Hanger Page 72 Figure 42 djustable Roll Support Page 74 Figure 7 Pipe Roll Page 76 Figure Roller Support Page 77 PIPE SDDLES ND SHIELDS L Saddle with Fig. 7 Roll Figure 26GS Insulation Shield Page 78 Figure 26P Insulation Shield Page 79 Figure 26 V Iron Pipe Insulation Shield Page 80 Figure thru 7Z Pipe overing Protection Saddles Pages 8-84 Figure 46 V High Temperature Page 8 EM LMPS Figure 6 Top eam lamp Page 86 Figures 4, 4 djustable eam lamp Page 87 Figure eam lamp Page 88 Figure 8 Top or Side eam lamp Page 89 Figure J eam Hook Page 02 4

PITORIL INDEX EM LMPS Figure 82 djustable eam lamp Page 90 Figure 27 djustable Side eam lamp Page 9 Figure 268 eam lamp Page 94 Figure 297 Steel eam lamp with Eyenut Page 9 Figure 4 Extended eam lamp Page 96 Figure 702 eam lamp with Swing Nut Page 97 -LMPS Figure 22 -lamp Retaining lip Page 98 Figures 47, 47SS -lamp with Locking Nut Page 99 Figure 28 -lamp without Locking Nut Page 99 Figure 92 Top eam lamp with Locking Nut Page 00 Figure 92RS Top eam lamp Retaining lip Page 9 Figure 92W Wide Mouth Top eam lamp Page 92 Figure 96 -lamp with Locking Nut Page 00 Figure 290 Purlin lamp Page 94

PITORIL INDEX STRUTURE TTHMENTS Figure 9 ngle knee Page 0 Figure 0 Extension ar Page 0 Figure 49 Wall racket Page 02 Figure 69 Light Welded Steel racket Page 0 Figure 7, 7N Steel oncrete Insert and Nut Page 04 Figure 78 Steel racket lip Page 0 Figure 8 racket Page 0 Figure 84 Medium Welded Steel racket Page 0 Figures 8E, 8, 8SE Single Plate Page 06 Figure 04F Female eiling Mount olt Page 07 L L L Figure 04M Male eiling Mount olt Page 07 Figure 08, 08N Malleable oncrete Insert and Nut Page 08 Figure, Welded eam ttachment Page 09 Figure 9 Heavy Welded Steel racket Page 0 Figure 4 Metal Deck eiling olt Page 0 Figure 0 Steel racket Page Figure eiling Stirrup Page Figure 2 Return Line ngle Page 2 Figure, S Side eam onnector Page 2 Figure 77 nchor olt Page 6

PITORIL INDEX STRUTURE TTHMENTS Figure 26 Welding levis ttachment Page Figure 220 Welding Lug Page 4 Figure 0 Side eam ngle racket Page Figure 40 Pipe Sleeve Page 6 Figure 4 Waterproof Pipe Sleeve Page 7 Figure 60 Steel oncrete Insert Page 7 Figure 60N oncrete Insert Nut Page 7 Figure 020 oncrete ttachment Page 8 Figure 022 oncrete Single Plate Lug Page 9 RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS Figure 2 Eye Socket Page 20 Figure 28 Lag Rod Page 20 Figures, L Machine Thread Eye Rod (Unwelded) Page 2 Figure 8 Hanger djuster Page 2 Figure 9, 9L Welded Eyerod Page 22 Figures 2, 2W Steel Rod oupling Page 2 Figure 94, 94SS ll-thread Hanger Rod Page 2 Figures, L Machine Thread Rod Page 24 Figure 02 Light Duty Washer Plate Page 24 Figure 2R Steel Reducing Rod oupling Page 22 7

PITORIL INDEX RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS Figure 2 Turnbuckle Page 2 Figure 7 Extension Piece Page 2 Figures 67, 67R Malleable Rod oupling Page 26 Figure 224 Round Hanger Rod (Plain Ends) Page 26 Figure 260 Washer Plate Page 27 L Figures 276, 276P Forged Steel levis Page 28 Figures 279, 279L Forged Weldless Eyenut Page 28 Figures 06, 4 Linked Eye Rods Page 29 Figure 70 Male and Female Swing Rod Fitting Page 29 FSTENERS Figure Flattened End Lag Screw Page 0 Figure 9 Toggle olt Page 0 Figure 07 Steel oach Screw Page Figure 62 Hex Head olt Page 2 Figure 66 Steel Drive Screw Page Figures 6, 6H Hex Nut Page 2 Figures 0, 0E, 0G, 0S Round Washer Page Figure 76 Lock Washer Page Figure 4 Drop-In Type oncrete nchor Page 4 Figure 09 Wedge nchor Page 8

PITORIL INDEX PIPE GUIDES ND SLIDES Figure 006 Pipe lignment Guide Page 8 Figure 007 Pipe lignment Guide Page 40 Figure 00 Pipe Slide ssembly Page 42 OPPER TUING HNGERS Figure T opper Tubing and Hanger Page2 Figure 2T Eye Socket Page 20 Figure 4T Hinge Hanger for opper Tubing Page Figure 8T Hanger djuster Page 2 Figure 66T Stamped Steel Hanger Page 4 L Figure 72T opper Tubing Pipe lip Page Figure 8T, 8ST opper Extension Ring Hanger Page 7 Figure 8T, 8ST Single Plate Page 06 Figure 90T Split Ring Hanger, Double Tapping Page 9 Figure 00T opper levis Hanger Page 2 L Figure 26T opper Riser lamp Page Figure 6 V opper Tubing Insulation Shield Page 80 Figure 800T opper Tubing Swivel Ring Page 6 9

PITORIL INDEX PV OTED TTHMENTS L L L L L Figure PV PV and Hanger Page Figure 00PV PV levis Hanger Page 22 Figure 26PV PV oated Riser lamp Page Figure 26LD PV Plastic Pipe Riser lamp Page 4 Figure 28PV PV oated Standard U-olt Page 49 Figure 800PV PV oated djustable Swivel Ring Page 8 ENGINEERED PRODUTS Figure 99 Spring Hanger Page 6 Figure 478 ushion Spring ssembly Page 7 Figures 90, 920, 940, 960 Variable Springs Upon Request Figures 880H, 880V onstant Springs Upon Request Figure 220 Rigid Struts Upon Request Figure 20, 202 Sway race ssemblies Upon Request Figure 704 Horizontal Traveler Upon Request 0

PIPE TTHMENTS ND HNGER Figure Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, while the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. For copper tubing please see our Figure T. For plastic coated please see our Figure PV. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M. E D PV ND HNGER Figure PV This product is designed to protect the pipe from coming into direct contact with the hanger by having the contact surface PV coated. Install the same as a Figure. Material: arbon Steel Operating temperature: Should not exceed 40 F / 60. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M PV. See Figure for plain and electro-galvanized finishes. For opper Tubing see Figure T. FIGURE ND HNGER PIPE SIZE MXIMUM LOD ROD SIZE D DJ. E WEIGHT EH 2 60 8 2 4 2 6 8 0. 274 M0 7 68 0.06 4 60 8 2 8 2 6 8 0. 20 274 M0 4 68 29 0.06 60 8 2 8 2 6 6 0.4 2 274 M0 4 7 27 0.06 4 60 8 2 6 6 0.6 2 274 M0 9 8 2 0.07 2 60 8 2 7 6 7 6 6 0.8 40 274 M0 62 87 27 0.08 2 60 8 2 7 8 4 6 6 0.20 0 274 M0 7 0 0 0.09 2 2 970 2 8 4 7 6 7 8 0.7 6 4 M2 79 22 0.7 970 2 4 2 8 0.4 80 4 M2 9 40 0.20 2 970 2 7 8 7 8 4 0.47 90 4 M2 98 49 2 0.2 4 20 2 4 4 6 2 8 0.69 00 60 M2 08 6 0. 20 2 4 6 7 8 2 0.82 2 60 M2 2 94 8 0.7 6 600 4 6 9 4 6.0 0 77 M20 2 4 0.68 8 800 7 8 7 6 2 4 2 2.89 200 8007 M20 202 64 0.86 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

PIPE TTHMENTS OPPER TUING ND HNGER Figure T Designed to support non-insulated, copper tubing lines from above. Install the same as a Figure. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: opper. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7. Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M T. See Figure for plain and electro-galvanized finishes. For PV oating refer to Figure PV. E D FIGURE T OPPER TUING ND HNGER TUE SIZE MX LOD ROD SIZE D DJ. E WEIGHT EH 2 60 8 2 7 6 2 4 8 0. 274 M0 62 70 4 0.0 4 60 8 2 4 2 6 6 0. 20 274 M0 70 68 0.0 60 8 2 8 2 6 6 0. 2 274 M0 4 68 27 0.0 4 60 8 2 8 2 6 6 0.2 2 274 M0 4 7 24 0.0 2 60 8 2 8 7 6 6 0.4 40 274 M0 60 87 27 0.06 2 60 8 2 9 6 8 0.6 0 274 M0 6 92 2 0.07 2 2 60 8 2 6 4 4 6 0.6 6 274 M0 7 08 27 0.07 970 2 4 4 6 0.8 80 4 M2 8 22 2 0.7 2 970 2 7 6 4 0.42 90 4 M2 87 2 0.9 4 20 2 4 6 0.4 00 60 M2 9 2 0.20 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 2

PIPE TTHMENTS HINGE HNGER Figure 4 Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal for retrofit needs. The Figure 8 Hanger djustor is commonly used to connect to this part. For opper Tubing please see the Figure 4T. Material: Malleable Iron. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M4. FIGURE 4 HINGE HNGER PIPE MX WEIGHT SIZE LOD EH 8 200 4 0.07 0 890 9 0.0 2 200 6 0.08 890 24 0.04 4 00 8 0. 20 29 0.0 00 4 0.2 2 2 0.0 4 00 9 6 0.7 2 40 0.08 2 00 6 0.20 40 4 0.09 2 00 2 6 0.2 0 2 0. 2 2 40 2 4 0.4 6 2002 7 0.20 40 2 4 0.67 80 2002 70 0.0 2 40 8 0.86 90 2002 79 0.9 4 20 8 0.9 00 2 92 0.42 20 4 2.2 2 2 4 0.69 6 00 7 6 2.64 0 78 8.20 8 800 6 8.84 200 8007 62.74 HINGE HNGER FOR OPPER TUING Figure 4T Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal for retrofit needs. The Figure 8T Hanger djustor is commonly used to connect to this part. For piping sizes please see the Figure 4. Material: Malleable Iron. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type. Finish: opper. Ordering: Specify tubing size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M4T. FIGURE 4T HINGE HNGER for opper Tubing TUE MX WEIGHT SIZE LOD EH 2 200 4 0.08 890 9 0.04 4 00 7 8 0.0 20 22 0.0 00 8 0.2 2 29 0.0 4 00 4 0.4 2 2 0.06 2 00 8 0.8 40 0.08 2 00 6 0.26 0 4 0.2 2 2 40 6 0.8 6 2002 49 0.7 40 2 4 0.49 80 2002 7 0.22 2 40 2 8 0.64 90 2002 67 0.29 4 20 2 6 0.88 00 2 7 0.40 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

PIPE TTHMENTS STMPED STEEL HNGER Figure 66T Our Figure 66T Stamped Steel Hanger for copper tubing is a strong, neat, and light concealed screw hanger. It supports the tubing one inch from the back of the tube to the wall and has only two parts. It takes the place of rough unsightly looking hangers in a finish room and eliminates the use of ordinary pipe clips. Material: Steel. Finish: opper. Ordering: Specify tube size and figure number. FIGURE 66T STMPED STEEL HNGER TUE WEIGHT SIZE EH 8 8 8 0.07 0 29 4 0.0 2 6 8 0.07 0 4 0.0 4 6 8 0.08 20 4 0.04 7 6 8 0.08 2 7 4 0.04 4 9 6 8 0.09 2 40 4 0.04 /2 /4 /8 0.06 40 2 4 0.0 2 /4 /8 0.07 0 44 4 0.0 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 4

PIPE TTHMENTS PIPE LIP Figure 72 The Figure 72 is designed to hold pipe flush to the mounting surface. reinforcing bead through the center adds strength to the product. Our Figure 72T is available for copper tubing lines. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M72. H (TYP) D FIG. 72 PIPE LIP PIPE WGT. SIZE D H EH 8 2 8 8 8 6 0.0 0 60 4 6 0.0 2 2 8 7 8 7 8 6 0.04 67 48 22 0.02 4 2 4 2 6 0.07 20 70 2 0.0 8 2 8 8 9 2 0.09 2 86 67 7 0.04 4 4 4 4 8 9 2 0.0 2 08 8 4 7 0.0 2 4 4 2 2 9 2 0.4 40 08 89 7 0.06 2 4 4 2 8 9 2 0.22 0 27 08 60 7 0.0 2 2 6 8 4 7 8 2 7 8 2 0.2 6 62 24 7 9 0. 7 8 7 8 2 2 0.0 80 87 49 89 9 0.4 4 8 8 7 8 4 2 2 0.40 00 2 8 4 9 0.8 6 8 9 2 6 8 2 0.80 0 28 24 68 9 0.6 OPPER TUING PIPE LIP Figure 72T The Figure 72T is designed to hold copper tubing flush to the mounting surface. Our Figure 72 is available for steel piping lines. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: opper. Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M72T. D FIG. 72T OPPER TUING PIPE LIP TUING WGT. SIZE D H EH 8 2 8 2 6 0.09 0 0.009 2 2 8 8 6 0.020 6 0.009 4 2 8 4 7 8 6 0.022 20 60 44 22 0.00 2 2 4 8 6 0.02 2 89 70 29 0.0 4 4 8 6 0.0 2 9 76 0.04 2 7 8 8 7 6 0.06 40 98 76 4 0.029 2 4 2 8 2 8 7 6 0.07 0 4 92 4 0.04 H (TYP) DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

PIPE TTHMENTS EXTENSION RING HNGER Figure 8 Figure 8RT Figure 8PT Figure 8SG (Rod Tapped Electro-Galvanized) (Rod Tapped Plain Finish) (Pipe Tapped Electro-Galvanized) (Two olt, Rod Tapped, Domestic Electro-Galvanized) This split ring hanger is designed for the support of non-insulated stationary pipe lines. lso available in a two screw design. The Figure 8 or 8T eiling Plate is normally used with this product. Material: Malleable Iron, except Figure 8SG and 8ST which are carbon steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. For opper oating please see Figure 8T or Figure 8ST. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 2, MSS-SP-69 Type 2. Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M8, M8RT, M8PT, M8SG or 8ST. FIGURE 8 ND 8SG EXTENSION HNGER RING PIPE MX PIPE SIZE ROD SIZE FIGURE 8 FIGURE 8SG WEIGHT EH SIZE LOD FIG. 8 FIG. 8SG 8 80 4 8 6 0.6 0 80 8 M0 2 0.07 2 80 4 8 7 8 2 2 0.7 0.0 80 8 M0 22 8 0.08 0.0 4 80 4 8 6 0.20 0. 20 80 8 M0 2 2 0.09 0.0 80 4 8 8 2 0.2 0.2 2 80 8 M0 29 2 0.0 0.0 4 80 4 8 6 8 0.29 0. 2 80 8 M0 29 0. 0.06 2 80 4 8 7 6 4 0. 0.4 40 80 8 M0 7 2 0.4 0.06 2 80 4 8 6 2 0. 0.6 0 80 8 M0 4 8 0.6 0.07 2 2 480 2 2 2 8 0.7 6 2 M2 4 0.26 480 2 2 2 7 6 0.72 80 2 M2 62 0. 4 480 2 2.6 00 2 M2 8 0. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 6

PIPE TTHMENTS OPPER EXTENSION RING HNGER Figure 8T Figure 8ST (Domestic) This split ring hanger is designed for the support of non-insulated copper tubing lines. The Figure 8T is furnished tapped for bolt thread and is used with the Figure 8T eiling Plate. lso available in a two bolt design. Material: Malleable Iron. Figure 8ST is arbon Steel. Finish: opper. For Electro-Galvanizing please see Figure 8. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type2, MSS-SP-69 Type 2. Ordering: Specify tube size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M8T or Figure M8ST. FIGURE 8T ND 8ST OPPER EXTENSION HNGER RING TUE MX ROD SIZE FIG. 8T FIG 8ST WEIGHT EH SIZE LOD FIG. 8T FIG 8ST 4 80 8 8 0.06 8 80 M0 6 0.0 8 80 8 8 0.08 0 80 M0 6 0.04 2 80 8 4 9 2 0.08 0.09 80 M0 9 0.04 0.04 4 80 8 7 8 2 2 0.0 0.0 20 80 M0 22 8 0.0 0.0 80 8 27 2 0.2 0. 2 80 M0 2 2 0.0 0.0 4 80 8 4 0.4 0.2 2 80 M0 2 2 0.06 0.0 2 80 8 4 2 0.8 0. 40 80 M0 2 28 0.08 0.06 2 80 8 2 2 0.24 0. 0 80 M0 8 4 0. 0.07 2 2 480 2 2 0.8 6 2 0.7 480 2 2 4 0.48 80 2 7 0.22 4 480 2 2 4 0.68 00 2 70 0. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 7

PIPE TTHMENTS RISER LMP Figure 89 The Figure 89 is normally used for the support of uninsulated vertical piping where no movement will occur. This product is not intended for use with hanger rods. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Load Rating: Up to 60 F (4 ). Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M89. 6" FIGURE 89 RISER LMP PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD EH 2 2 9 8.0 4 28 0.9 4 2 9 8.6 20 4 28 0.62 2 9 8.8 2 4 244 0.6 4 2 0.9 2 4 24 0.88 2 2 0 8 2.0 40 4 264 0.9 2 2 0 4 2.7 0 4 27 0.98 2 2 90 4 2.29 6 7 286.04 0 2 2.0 80 28 0. 4 80 2.42 00 60 4. 60 4 2.0 2 60 68 2. 6 70 2.0 0 6984 94 2.49 8 200 8 2 0.0 200 2 470 4.4 0 200 20 4.4 20 2 27.7 2 2700 22 4 7.6 00 20 78 7.98 4 2700 24 9.2 0 20 60 8.7 6 2900 26 2. 400 2900 660 4.7 8 2900 28.8 40 2900 7. 20 2900 0.0 00 2900 762.88 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 8

PIPE TTHMENTS SPLIT RING HNGER DOULE TPPING Figure 90 Figure 90T Figure 90PT (Rod Tapped Electro-galvanized) (Rod Tapped opper Finish) (Pipe Tapped Electro-galvanized) This split ring hanger is designed for the support of noninsulated stationary pipe lines, one pipe line under the other, by means of a pipe nipple or threaded rods. The Figure 8 or 8T eiling Plate is normally used with this product. The combined loads for all hangers used must not exceed the rating of the structural attachment. Material: Malleable Iron. Finish: Electro-galvanized. For opper oating please see Figure 90T. Ordering: Specify pipe size, bolt or pipe thread, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M90. FIGURE 90 SPLIT RING HNGER - DOULE TPPING PIPE MX ROD OLT WEIGHT SIZE LOD SIZE SIZE EH 8 80 4 8 7 8 0.6 0 80 8 M0 48 0.07 2 80 4 8 2 0.7 80 8 M0 0.08 4 80 4 8 2 4 0.20 20 80 8 M0 7 0.09 80 4 8 2 2 0.2 2 80 8 M0 64 0.0 4 80 4 8 2 0.29 2 80 8 M0 0. 2 80 4 8 8 0. 40 80 8 M0 79 0.4 2 80 4 8 8 0. 0 80 8 M0 92 0.6 2 2 460 2 2 4 2 0.7 6 2046 M2 4 0.26 460 2 2 8 0.72 80 2046 M2 0 0. 4 460 2 2 6 8.6 00 2046 M2 68 0. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 9

PIPE TTHMENTS HEVY DUTY THREE OLT PIPE LMP Figure 9 The Figure 9 is designed to accommodate higher loads than the Figure 04 for insulated piping. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. Rated loads are for up to 70 F (99 ). Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type, and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M9. F E D H L FIGURE 9 HEVY DUTY THREE OLT PIPE LMP MXIMUM LOD TKE PIPE 60 F 70 F D OUT F H WEIGHT SIZE 4 99 E EH 6 00 2 4 4 4 0 4 9 6 4.26 0 69 90 2 44 260 229 M24 2 6.47 8 4800 428 6 2 8 0 8 8 7 4 22.20 200 22 906 2 289 27 M0 84 0.07 0 00 490 7 4 2 4 8 8 4 9.0 20 24466 2842 84 7 289 M0 229.92 2 7000 620 8 7 8 2 2 4 7 8 2 7 8 2 0 7 8 8.09 00 9 27802 22 64 78 27 M6 276 26. 4 900 848 0 2 2 8 8 2 2 7. 0 42260 774 24 64 97 46 M6 0 2. 6 0000 890 0 7 8 7 8 4 7 8 4 8 0.77 400 44484 9724 276 76 4 78 M42 47.98 8 800 22 2 2 2 9 4 7 4 2.7 40 688 4827 8 89 02 48 M48 8 69.7 20 00 66 2 2 20 4 8 4 2 6 76.40 00 68060 60787 4 89 27 464 M48 406 80.02 24 600 4 6 2 2 4 20 4 2 9 27.02 600 7209 64746 406 89 9 4 M48 48 07. 0 2000 800 9 7 8 4 4 2 4 28 4 2 4 24 8 88.7 70 992 8406 0 08 82 78 M6 69 76.6 6 28000. 24 8 4 2 40 4 4 4 2 4 0 8 678.00 900 24. 62 4 022 88 M72 76 07.4 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 20

PIPE TTHMENTS HEVY LLOY THREE OLT PIPE LMP Figure 9Z The Figure 9Z is designed to accommodate higher loads than the Figure 04Z for use on insulated alloy piping. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. Temperature range: bove 70 F (99 ) to 00 F (66 ). Material: hrome Molybdenum Steel STM -87 Grade 22. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type, and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify figure number and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M9Z. F E D H L FIGURE 9Z HEVY LLOY THREE OLT PIPE LMP MXIMUM LOD PIPE 90 F 000 F 00 F D E F H WEIGHT SIZE 0 8 66 EH 6 700 200 700 4 4 9 2 7 28 0 247 22 649 44 279 229 M6 78 8 700 200 700 6 8 4 2 0 2 8 2 200 247 22 649 68 44 0 24 M6 26 0 0000 7200 000 7 7 8 2 4 2 4 0 20 44484 2028 22242 200 6 0 M42 24 24 2 0000 7200 000 9 8 2 4 4 6 00 44484 2028 22242 28 8 0 M42 286 29 4 600 800 6000 9 7 8 2 4 6 4 4 7 8 2 88 0 60 6922 26690 2 7 4 6 M48 0 40 6 600 800 6000 2 4 7 4 7 8 9 400 60 6922 26690 279 7 48 8 M48 0 4 8 600 800 6000 2 2 4 8 4 6 7 8 4 0 40 60 6922 26690 0 7 464 406 M48 6 47 20 000 0600 700 2 2 4 20 2 8 2 2 42 00 66726 47 6 4 7 2 47 M48 94 64 24 000 000 9000 4 2 4 2 20 2 8 2 600 66726 7829 4006 400 7 84 08 M48 47 97 0 000 000 9000 9 2 4 28 2 2 2 2 00 70 66726 7829 4006 48 7 7 6 M48 46 6 6 000 000 9000 22 2 4 28 2 24 2 40 900 66726 7829 4006 9 7 787 7 M48 622 4 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 2

PIPE TTHMENTS LEVIS HNGER Figure 00 Figure 00PV Figure 00SS Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above allowing for approximately " to 2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Rated Loads are for up to 60 F (4 ) for carbon steel. Maximum PV temperature is 40 F (60 ). Material: arbon Steel (lso available in Stainless Steel as Figure 00SS). ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type, SPSS-S974, U.L. and F.M. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized, Plastic oated, Stainless Steel. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M00 OR M00SS. FIGURE 00 LEVIS HNGER PIPE MXIMUM ROD TKE OUT WEIGHT SIZE LOD E EH 2 60 8 2 4 8 7 8 0.27 274 M0 70 79 48 0.2 4 60 8 2 8 2 4 2 0.29 20 274 M0 4 70 8 0. 60 8 4 2 4 0. 2 274 M0 76 9 7 0. 4 60 8 8 4 2 4 0.6 2 274 M0 79 02 7 0.6 2 60 8 4 4 4 2 8 0.42 40 274 M0 8 08 60 0.9 2 60 8 8 4 8 8 0.2 0 274 M0 86 7 79 0.24 2 2 0 2 4 8 8 8 0.6 6 027 M2 0 4 79 0.28 0 2 6 7 8 4 8 0.90 80 027 M2 27 7 0 0.4 2 0 2 4 2 6 8 8 0.99 90 027 M2 4 68 92 0.4 4 40 8 8 7 4 4 8.40 00 66 M6 7 97 0.64 40 8 6 8 7 8 2.0 2 66 M6 2 22 27 0.9 6 940 4 7 0 2 7 8.00 0 860 M20 78 267 49.6 7 2000 4 7 8 4 6 2.42 8897 M20 94 298 6 2.46 8 2000 4 8 2 2 4 6 4 4.0 200 8897 M20 26 24 7 2.04 0 600 7 8 0 8 8 4 9.0 20 604 M20 24 9 20 4. 2 800 7 8 8 7 2 9 4.7 00 6904 M20 28 44 2. 4 4200 2 2 9 2 0 8 4.2 0 868 M24 8 49 270 6.46 6 4800 2 8 20.7 400 22 M24 8 84 9.4 8 4800 4 24 4 4 2.00 40 22 M24 400 629 49 0.4 20 4800 4 7 8 27 8 4 4.0 00 22 M0 44 69 87 8.82 24 4800 4 9 8 8 7 2 0.00 600 22 M0 498 80 44 22.68 0 6000 4 24 4 40 4 2 4 68.08 70 26690 M0 629 0 2 0.88 6 900 2 2 7 8 0 7 8 0 68.68 900 42260 M6 8 292 762. E L 22

PIPE TTHMENTS OPPER LEVIS HNGER Figure 00T Designed to support non-insulated, stationary copper tubing lines from above, allowing for approximately " to 2" of vertical adjustment after the tubing is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type and SPSS-S974. Rated Loads are for up to 60 F (4 ). Finish: opper. Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M00T. E L FIGURE 00T OPPER LEVIS HNGER MXIMUM ROD TKE OUT WEIGHT TUE SIZE LOD E EH 2 0 8 2 7 8 8 2 8 0.6 667 M0 7 79 4 0.07 4 20 8 2 8 7 8 0.6 20 2 M0 67 76 48 0.07 20 8 2 8 8 7 8 0.9 2 2 M0 67 79 48 0.09 4 20 8 8 4 2 8 0.22 2 2 M0 79 9 60 0.0 2 20 8 8 4 8 2 8 0.29 40 2 M0 86 0 67 0. 2 20 8 8 4 8 2 8 0.2 0 2 M0 86 67 0. 2 2 0 2 8 4 7 8 2 8 0.72 6 7 M2 92 24 67 0. 0 2 7 8 8 2 7 8 0.82 80 7 M2 98 7 7 0.7 2 0 2 4 8 7 8 8 0.9 90 7 M2 0 49 79 0.4 4 0 2 4 2 6 4 2.07 00 7 M2 4 9 89 0.49 900 8 7 4 7 8.76 2 4004 M6 27 97 98 0.80 6 900 8 4 8 7 8 4 8.92 0 4004 M6 4 22 7 0.87 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 2

PIPE TTHMENTS LEVIS HNGER FOR DUTILE IRON ND.W.W.. ST IRON PIPE Figure 00DI Designed to support non-insulated, stationary ductile iron and.w.w.. cast iron lines from above allowing for approximately " to 2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: MSS-SP-69 Type, --92 Type. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M00DI. E L FIGURE 00DI LEVIS HNGER FOR DUTILE IRON PIPE MXIMUM ROD TKE OUT WEIGHT PIPE SIZE LOD E EH 4 40 8 4 8 8 4 8 2.08 0 66 M6 46 206 0.94 6 940 7 8 7 0 8 2 2.78 200 860 M20 78 264 40.26 8 2000 7 8 9 4 4 7 4 4.47 20 8897 M20 2 49 97 2.0 0 600 7 8 0 4 4 8 8 8.87 00 604 M20 260 400 29 4.02 2 800 7 8 2 8 9 4 2.0 0 6904 M20 2 489 279.46 4 4200 4 8 2 4 2 4.2 400 868 M24 9 2 6.87 6 4800 4 7 8 2 8 2.6 40 22 M24 78 600 0 0.7 8 4800 7 4 27 4 4 2.9 00 22 M24 4 70 400.7 20 4800 4 8 4 29 2 6 2 44. 600 22 M0 476 749 49 20. 24 4800 4 2 7 8 4 4 9 2. 700 22 M0 6 88 49 24.2 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 24

PIPE TTHMENTS ELONGTED LEVIS HNGER Figure 00EL The 00EL is designed for the suspension of insulated stationary pipe lines. It will accommodate 2 inches (mm) of insulation up to 2" (40mm) pipe, and 4 inches (02mm) of insulation for pipe 2" (0mm) and larger. Hanger locking nut above the clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. The nuts are not included. Rated Loads are for up to 60 F (4 ). Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. pprovals: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type and SPSS-S974. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M00EL. F E L FIGURE 00EL ELONGTED LEVIS HNGER PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD E F EH 2 600 8 4 4 4 2 8 0.66 2669 M0 9 08 89 6 0.0 4 600 8 4 4 4 7 8 7 8 8 0.70 20 2669 M0 08 24 98 6 0.2 600 8 8 4 4 4 8 0.74 2 2669 M0 0 46 2 4 0.4 4 600 8 8 6 8 4 7 8 8 0.78 2 2669 M0 7 6 24 4 0. 2 600 8 2 6 8 2 0.8 40 2669 M0 40 62 27 8 0.7 2 600 8 7 8 8 4 7 8 8 0.88 0 2669 M0 94 222 8 4 0.40 2 2 00 2 7 7 8 9 4 7 4 8.8 6 489 M2 200 2 84 29 0.8 00 2 8 8 9 7 8 7 2 8.97 80 489 M2 206 2 9 29 0.89 2 00 2 8 8 0 8 7 4 4 2.06 90 489 M2 2 264 97 2 0.9 4 400 8 9 8 7 8 8 7 8 4 2.7 00 6228 M6 244 02 22 44.7 400 8 0 8 8 9 8 7 8.00 2 6228 M6 264 244 48.6 6 900 4 0 7 8 4 8 0 8 4.0 0 842 M20 276 9 24 4.84 8 2000 7 8 2 8 6 7 8 8 2 8 6.00 200 8897 M20 2 429 29 4 2.72 0 600 7 8 4 8 8 2 8 2 8 0.0 20 604 M20 7 62 08 60 4.8 2 800 7 8 4 22 8 4 8 2 8 2.90 00 6904 M20 400 62 7 67.8 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 2

PIPE TTHMENTS REFRIGERTION HNGER ND SHIELD Figure 00SH This hanger is a combination of the Figure 00 and Figure 26 where the protection shield is welded to the clevis hanger. Designed to support insulated, stationary lines from above and prevent crushing the insulation or breaking the vapor barrier. It allows for approximately " to 2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M00SH. Dimensional Data: See Figure 00 and Figure 26P. L FIGURE 00 FIGURE 26P 2" FIGURE 00SH - REFRIGERTION HNGER ND SHIELD Insulation Thickness ROD 2" ov. " ov. 2" ov. 2" ov. 2 2" ov " ov. HNGER SIZE ov. 2 ov. 8 ov. ov. 64 ov. 76 ov. SIZE are Pipe Size 2 8 2 40 M0 2 8 4-0 M0 20-2 2 2 2 4-2 2 6 M2 2-40 2 2 4-80 M2 0 20-2 2 2 2 2 4-2 2-4 90 M2 6 2-40 - 20 4 8 2-4 00 M6 80 0 2-2 8 2-4 2 2-2 - 2 2-4 2 M6 90-00 6-80 40-0 - 2 6 4 2-4 2 2-2 - 2 2-4 0 M20 2 90-00 6-80 40-0 - 2 7 4 6 2-4 2 2-2 - 2 2-4 M20 0 2 90-00 6-80 40-0 - 2 8 4 6 2-4 2 2-2 - 2 200 M20 0 2 90-00 6-80 40-0 0 7 8 8 8 6-6 2-4 2 2-4 20 M20 200 200 0 2-0 90-00 6-00 2 7 8 0 0 8 8-6 - 6 00 M20 20 20 200 200 2-0 2-0 4 2 0 8 0 M24 00 20 200 6 4 2-4 2 0 0 8 400 M24 0 00-0 00 20 20 200 8 6 6 4 2-4 2 0 40 M24 400 400 0 00-0 00 20 20 4 6 6 4 2-4 00 M0 400 400 0 00-0 24 4 6 6 600 M0 400 400 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 26

PIPE TTHMENTS DJUSTLE PIPE SUPPORT Figure 0 The Figure 0 is used for support of piping from below without welding to the pipe and consists of a steel saddle, nipple, and pipe reducer. It connects to a threaded pipe standard and base which is also available, ordered separately, as our Figure 8. Rated loads are for up to 60 F (4 ). Materials: Reducer is ast Iron, Pipe saddle and nipple are carbon steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 9, MSS-SP-69 Type 9. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M0. E D L FIGURE 0 DJUSTLE PIPE SUPPORT PIPE MX E E WEIGHT SIZE LOD D MIN. MX. EH 2,000 2 2 4 2 8 4.7 40 22242 6 2 40 20 0 2. 2,000 2 2 2 2 8 4.80 0 22242 6 8 40 20 0 2.8 2 2,000 2 2 7 8 2 8 4.90 6 22242 6 48 40 20 0 2.22,000 2 2 2 8 2 8 4 4.00 80 22242 6 4 40 20 7 2.27 4 7,000 2 8 2 2 9 8 4 8 9.0 00 9 80 67 6 22 9 4.22 7,000 4 2 2 9 8 4 8 9.6 2 9 80 8 6 244 7 4.8 6 7,000 7 8 2 2 0.70 0 9 80 98 6 24 8 9.40 8 7,000 4 7 8 2 2 6 2.90 200 9 80 24 6 279 406.8 0 7,000 7 8 2 2 2 8 7 8 4.0 20 9 80 49 6 08 4 6.40 2 7,000 6 7 8 2 2 8 8 8.0 00 9 80 7 6 460 6.90 4 7,000 4 7 2 8 2.70 0 9 00 9 80 0 47 9.84 6 7,000 4 8 8 4 8 9 8 2.40 400 9 00 29 80 9 486.0 8 7,000 6 9 8 4 8 20 8 9.0 40 9 0 244 00 84 7.80 20 7,000 6 0 8 4 6 8 2 8 44.90 00 9 0 270 00 40 7 20.40 24 0,000 6 2 4 4 8 4 2 4 4.0 600 44484 0 24 00 464 9 24.60 0 0,000 6 4 4 2 4 26 4 62.40 70 44484 0 400 00 40 667 28.0 6 0,000 6 8 4 4 24 4 29 4 70.20 900 44484 0 476 00 66 74.80 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 27

PIPE TTHMENTS DJUSTLE FLOOR SUPPORT Figure 0U The Figure 0U is used for support of piping from below without welding where there is no axial or transverse movement. It connects to a threaded pipe standard and base. Made special to customer order. Rated loads are for up to 60 F (4 ). Materials: Reducer is ast Iron, Pipe saddle, nipple U-bolt are carbon steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 (Type 8), MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, load, overall height, figure number, finish, and base plate bolting if needed. For Metric applications specify Figure M0U. L DOULE U-OLTS FOR 20" ND LRGER PIPE SIZES WIRE PIPE HOOKS Figure The Wire Pipe Hook is made of special hard drawn wire, extra Heavy gauge. The driving head is bent so as to make it easy to drive. The point is cut to a sharp nail point which will penetrate either hard or soft wood without bending. It can be used on pipes in various orientations. Material: Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M. FIG. WIRE PIPE HOOKS WEIGHT PER 00 LENGTH OF HNGER PIPE 4 6 8 0 2 SIZE 02 2 20 24 0 2 0.06 0.08 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.0 0.04 0.0 0.0 0.06 4 0.06 0.08 0.0 0.2 0.4 20 0.0 0.04 0.0 0.0 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.0 0.2 0.4 2 0.0 0.04 0.0 0.0 0.06 4 0.08 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 2 0.04 0.0 0.0 0.06 0.07 2 0.08 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 40 0.04 0.0 0.0 0.06 0.07 2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0 0.0 0.0 0.06 0.07 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 28

PIPE TTHMENTS SHORT LIP Figure 4 Sprinkler lips are used where piping runs close to the ceilings or beams. Holes are drilled for No.8 wood screws and 4" bolts can be used on all sizes. Material: Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 26, MSS-SP-69 Type 26. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M4. F E D G FIGURE 4 SHORT LIP PIPE MX WEIGHT SIZE LOD D E F G EH 2 00 8 4 2 4 2 8 0.20 86 2 70 29 0.09 4 00 4 4 4 4 2 0.2 20 08 2 76 9 8 0.0 00 4 2 4 4 4 8 0.26 2 4 2 8 9 4 0.2 4 00 4 4 8 2 8 0.6 2 27 2 9 29 4 0.6 2 00 2 4 4 4 4 2 2 0.4 40 40 2 08 2 64 0.24 2 00 6 4 4 4 8 2 7 8 0.60 0 2 2 2 7 0.27 2 2 00 6 2 2 4 4 8.40 6 2224 6 8 44 92 0.64 00 7 8 2 7 8 7 8 4.60 80 2224 8 8 49 48 02 0.7 4 00 8 4 2 7 2 2 8.90 00 2224 20 8 78 64 0 0.86 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 29

PIPE TTHMENTS RISER LMP Figure 24 This product is designed to support vertical piping by resting on shear lugs welded to the pipe. Shear lugs are not supplied. The stated Maximum Loads are based upon the use of the clamp as a rigid support. Use of the clamp with springs units will double the given Maximum Loads. Rated loads are for up to 60 F (4 ). Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M24. NOTE: For your Special Riser lamp requirements that are not covered by this product, please contact us to discuss your application. S K F E E L FIGURE 24 RISER LMP PIPE MX WEIGHT SIZE LOD - E F K S EH 2 900 4 2-8 9 8 6 4 7. 0 4004 2-47 229 M0 9 7.9 2 2 900 4 2-20 0 8 6 4 9. 6 4004 2-08 24 M0 27 9 8.7 00 2 2-20 0 2 8 4 29.4 80 667 8-08 24 M2 9. 4 2200 2 2-22 2 7 8 4 8. 00 9786 8-9 279 M2 48 9 7. 2200 4 2-22 2 2 8 4 4.2 2 9786 9-9 279 M2 60 9 9.6 6 000 7 8 2-24 2 8 2 6 6.8 0 4 22-60 0 M6 7 2 2.8 8 000 7 8 2-27 2 8 6 79.2 200 4 22-686 4 M6 97 2.9 0 00 4 2-0 7 8 4 8 2 4. 20 24466 2-762 8 M20 7 8 6.0 2 7800 8 2 2-2 6 2 4 8.7 00 4698 64-8 406 M24 40 44 8. 4 7800 8 2 2-4 7 6 8 4 94. 0 4698 64-864 42 M24 6 44 88.2 6 9000 2 2 2-6 8 8 7 2 224.7 400 4006 8 64-94 47 M0 78 0.9 8 9000 2 2 2-9 9 2 8 8 2 280.7 40 4006 8 64-99 49 M0 20 27. 20 00 7 8 4 42 2 8 8 4 2 2 429. 00 600 48 76 02 067 M6 222 64 94.6 24 00 7 8 4 4 22 2 8 0 4 2 2 46. 600 600 48 76 02 4 72 M6 27 64 2.0 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 0

PIPE TTHMENTS PIPE STNHION WITH U-OLT Figure 2 The Figure 2 is used for support of piping from below without welding to the pipe. Rated loads are for up to 60 F (4 ). Material: Made from carbon steel, sizes 20 inch and larger are furnished with two U-bolts. The lower supporting pipe must be ordered separately. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7, and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M2. E 4" D L DOULE U-OLTS FOR 20" ND LRGER PIPE SIZES FIGURE 2 PIPE STNHION WITH U-OLT MXIMUM SUPPORT PIPE STEM WEIGHT PIPE SIZE LOD D E EH 4 200 2 2 2 2 2. 00 270 80 M2 6 64 2.4 200 2 2 2 6.6 2 270 80 M2 6 78 2.4 6 200 8 2 2 8 7.0 0 270 80 M6 6 92. 8 200 8 2 2 4 6 9.2 200 270 80 M6 6 9 4.20 0 200 4 2 2 7 8.7 20 270 80 M20 6 49 6.24 2 200 7 8 2 2 6 7 8.0 00 270 80 M20 6 7 7.0 4 00 4 7 8 7 8 2. 0 7 00 M20 80 94.0 6 70 4 7 8 8 8 0.80 400 9 00 M20 80 29.97 8 2000 4 9 4 7.64 40 40 00 M24 80 248 7.07 20 00 6 (2)- 0 4 7. 00 787 0 (2)-M24 2 27 4.8 24 00 6 (2)- 8 2.80 600 787 0 (2)-M0 2 0.7 0 00 6 (2)- 8 6 7.0 70 787 0 (2)-M0 2 406 62.28 6 00 8 (2)- 4 6 9 20. 900 787 200 (2)-M0 0 48 9.2 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

PIPE TTHMENTS FLOOR SUPPORTS Figure 2SP Figure 6SP oth Figure 2SP and 6SP are intended to support piping from below where there is no axial or transverse movement. Made special to customer design requirements, either may be furnished with holes in the base for bolting, or with no holes for welding. Material: arbon Steel, Stainless Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, pipe material, load, overall height, figure number, finish, and base plate bolting if needed. For Metric applications specify Figure M2SP or M6SP. FOR SIZE 24" ND LRGER Figure 2SP FOR SIZES 24" ND LRGER 20 Figure 6SP EXTENSION RISER LMP Figure 26 The Figure 26 is designed for the support or steadying of vertical pipe risers. It is made of carbon steel and is designed to hold tight to the pipe, transmitting the load to the structure through the ears on each end. When possible the clamp should be placed under a coupling, hub, or lugs welded to the pipe. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Use our Figure 24 when hanger rods are required. Install using the maximum suggested torque values shown in the Technical Section of this catalog. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 8, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8) and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify M26. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS L FIGURE 26 EXTENSION RISER LMP PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD EH 2 2 9.00 4 229 0.4 4 2 9 8.08 20 4 28 0.49 2 9 8.08 2 4 28 0.49 4 2 0.6 2 4 24 0.2 2 2 0 4.22 40 4 260 0. 2 2 0 4.0 0 4 27 0.9 2 2 90 4.74 6 7 286 0.79 0 2.98 80 28 0 0.90 2 670 2 7 8 2.4 90 2980 27 0.97 4 80 8 2.28 00 60 46.0 60 4.60 2 60 49.6 6 70 4.68 0 6984 87.67 8 200 8 2 7.26 200 2 470.29 0 200 20 4.00 20 2 27 4.99 2 2700 22 4.94 00 20 78 7.2 4 2700 24 7.6 0 20 60 7.87 6 2900 26 29.68 400 2900 660.46 8 2900 28.64 40 2900 7 4. 20 2900 0 4.84 00 2900 762.80 24 2900 4 0.00 600 2900 864 22.68 2

PIPE TTHMENTS OPPER RISER LMP Figure 26T The Figure 26T is normally used for the support of uninsulated vertical tubing where no movement will occur. Please use our Figure 26 for carbon steel piping or Figure 26PV for plastic coating requirements. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Install using the maximum suggested torque values shown in the Technical Section of this catalog. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Finish: opper. Ordering: Specify tubing size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M26T. PV OTED RISER LMP Figure 26PV The Figure 26PV is normally used for the support of uninsulated vertical piping where no movement will occur. PV coating the contact surface prevents galvanic corrosion with the pipe. Please use our Figure 26 for carbon steel piping or Figure 26T for copper tubing requirements. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Install using the maximum suggested torque values shown in the Technical Section of this catalog. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Operating temperature should not exceed 400 F / 600. Finish: Polyvinyl hloride Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M26PV. completely PV coated Figure 26 is available upon request. (olts and nuts will not be PV coated.) PV OTING FIGURE 26T OPPER EXTENSION RISER LMP L TUE SIZE MXIMUM LOD WEIGHT EH 2 220 9 6 0.70 979 2 0.2 4 220 9 6 0.74 20 979 2 0.4 220 9 2 0.7 2 979 24 0.4 4 220 9 4 0.77 2 979 248 0. 2 220 0 8 0.80 40 979 27 0.6 2 220 0 2 0.84 0 979 62 0.8 2 2 90.60 6 7 279 0.7 0 8.80 80 28 29 0.82 2 0 2 8.9 90 28 2 0.88 4 0 8 2.04 00 28 0.9 80 4.0 2 60 6.9 6 70.2 0 6984 8 2.8 FIGURE 26PV PLSTI OTED EXTENSION RISER LMP L PIPE SIZE MXIMUM LOD WEIGHT EH 2 22 9 8.0 00 28 0.9 4 22 9 8.6 20 00 28 0.62 22 9 8.8 2 00 244 0.6 4 22 0.9 2 00 24 0.88 2 22 0 8 2.0 40 00 264 0.9 2 22 0 4 2.7 0 00 6694 0.98 2 2 90 4 2.29 6 7 286.04 0 2 2.0 80 28 0. 4 80 2.42 00 60 4. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

PIPE TTHMENTS PLSTI PIPE RISER LMP Figure 26LD Figure 26LD PV The Figure 26LD is designed for the support or steadying of vertical PV pipe risers for DWV applications. It is designed to hold tight to the pipe, transmitting the load to the structure through the ears on each end. When possible the clamp should be placed under a coupling, hub, or lugs welded to the pipe. For heavier loads please see our Figure 26. The Figure 26LD PV is completely PV coated. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Materials: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized, PV. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 8, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8) and SPSS-S974. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M26LD or M26LD PV. FIGURE 26LD RISER LMP FIGURE 26LD PV RISER LMP PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD EH 2 22 4 0.62 40 00 46 0.28 2 22 6 2 0.67 0 00 70 0.0 22 7 4 0.88 80 00 84 0.40 4 22 8 2.0 00 00 26 0.46 L NHOR HIR Figure 27 The Figure 27 in composed of two plates, one notched for the correct pipe size and the other has holes punched for a U-bolt. oth pieces are welded together. The U bolt has sufficient thread to allow for tightening to the pipe. This anchor is used in conjunction with our Figure 84 and 9 Welded Steel rackets. square washer is set under the lips of angle iron sections of theracket and nuts tightened on the U-bolt to prevent movement of the anchor. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M27. FIG. 27 NHOR HIR PIPE WEIGHT SIZE D H EH 4 8 4 6.28 00 76 20 02 27 2.8 8 9 8 4 8 7.2 2 92 22 02 4.2 6 4 6 0 4 6 2 0. 0 0 260 27 6 4.79 8 6 2 4 7 4.2 200 27 97 6.92 0 6 2 4 2 9 4 2.0 20 6 68 27 2 9.66 2 7 8 6 2 0 8 2.0 00 94 49 27 264.7 4 8 2 8 4.0 0 26 47 27 286 4.29 6 9 8 20 2 8 40.00 400 244 08 27 4 8.4 8 0 7 8 22 6 8 49.0 40 276 9 2 46 22.4 20 2 24 2 6 6.90 00 0 622 2 8 29.89 24 4 28 2 6 7 8.00 600 6 724 2 42 6.74 H D 4

PIPE TTHMENTS PIPE SUPPORT Figure 6 The Figure 6 is used in conjunction with a pipe standard and flange at the base to support piping from below. oth pipe standard and flange must be ordered separately. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro- Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify Figure M6. FIGURE 6 PIPE SUPPORT ROD PIPE SIZE LENGTH WGT. SIZE SIZE 2 7 9 6 7 8 6.7 0 92 M20 2 0.7 8 8 7 8 6.8 80 206 M20 2 0.84 4 8 8 6 2.70 00 29 M24 2.22 9 6 6.4 2 2 M24 2.42 6 9 6 4 6 4.90 0 249 M0 2 2.22 8 0 6 4 6.7 200 27 M0 2 2.6 0 7 8 2 6 9.88 20 02 M6 2 4.48 2 2 7 8 2 6.4 00 27 M6 2.7 DJUSTLE PIPE SUPPORT Figure 7 Designed to support pipe from below, the Figure 7 is used in conjunction with flange or base mounted pipe column. The stem is threaded its full length and furnished with an nut to allow for vertical adjustment. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 49, and MSS SP-69 Type 49. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. For Metric applications specify M7. L FIGURE 7 DJUSTLE PIPE SUPPORT PIPE WEIGHT SIZE EH 8 8 0.70 2 M6 20 0.2 2 8 8 0.74 40 M6 20 0.4 2 8 8 0.80 0 M6 20 0.6 2 2 8 8 0.84 6 M6 20 0.8 8 8.02 80 M6 20 0.46 2 8 8.06 90 M6 20 0.48 4 7 8 8.86 00 M20 20 0.84 7 8 8 2.0 2 M20 20. 6 8 2.98 60 M24 20. 8 8.28 200 M24 20.49 0 4 8 6.0 20 M0 20 2.86 2 4 8 7.00 00 M0 20.8 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

PIPE TTHMENTS THREDED SE STND Figure 8 The Figure 8 is designed for use with our Figure 0 and Figure 2. Materials: arbon Steel. ompliance: To Federal Specification --92 Types 6, 7, 8, MSS-SP-69 Types 6, 7, 8 when used with the appropriate Pipe Saddle type attachment. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size, height, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M8. HEIGHT D FIGURE 8 THREDED SE STND G PIPE SIZE WEIGHT D G EH 9 6 2 4 x 6 x 6 4.9 2 2 4 8 6 x 2 x 2 2.2 4 9 6 2 4 x 6 x 6.8 2 2 4 8 6 x 2 x 2 2.64 2 9 6 2 4 x 6 x 6 6.49 40 2 4 8 6 x 2 x 2 2.94 2 9 6 2 4 x 6 x 6 7.8 0 2 4 8 6 x 2 x 2.6 2 2 4 9 6 2 8 x 8 x 8.20 6 2 4 8 0 x 20 x 20 6.9 2 6 2 8 x 2 x 2 26.20 80 40 2 8 0 x 0 x 0.90 4 2 6 2 2 x 2 x 2.90 00 40 24 x 0 x 0 6.0 6 2 8 2 2 x 8 x 8 7.0 0 40 29 x 47 x 47 9.40 Weights are based upon a height H of 8" DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 6

PIPE TTHMENTS PIPE HIR Figure 4 Pipe hairs are used to support piping in underground trenches or on top of piers above or below ground. This chair allows from 2 2" inches to 4" inches clearance under pipeline. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M4. F E G E D FIGURE 4 PIPE HIR PIPE HOLE WEIGHT SIZE D E F G EH 4 4 8 4 6 2 9 6 4 2 8 7 6 2.7 80 08 79 0 6 9 4.2 4 6 4 9 6 8 8 6 2 6 9 6.2 00 9 90 7 79 24 9 4 2.8 7 2 4 6 6 6 4 2 6 9 6 7.90 2 9 0 4 8 2 68 4.8 6 8 6 4 2 6 9 6 4 6 9 6 0.0 0 224 4 67 8 2 8 4 4.4 8 0 4 2 7 6 8 6 4 6 6. 200 27 40 202 92 02 7 7.7 0 6 2 9 6 6 4 8 2.8 20 0 6 20 94 2 27 6.7 2 7 9 6 0 2 4 8 2 9 6 6. 00 8 92 267 0 8 4 7. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 7

PIPE TTHMENTS DUTILE IRON PIPE LMP Figure 8 The Figure 8 can be used to secure mechanical joint piping or socket fittings together to prevent separation under pressure either under or above ground, vertically or horizontally. If use in this fashion two (2) Figure 28 Socket lamp Washers and Figure Rods are also required, but must be ordered separately. The Figure 8 may also be used to support and guide vertical Ductile Iron pipe. Materials: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M8. FIGURE 8 UNDERGROUND PIPE LMP PIPE SIZE TUL PIPE O.D. WSHER SIZE WEIGHT EH.96 2 4 4 9.00 80 0 M20 4.08 4 4.8 4 4 9.00 00 22 49 M20 4.08 6 6.9 4 4 0.70 0 7 400 M20 9.40 8 9.0 8 4 2.20 200 20 47 M20.4 0. 20 8 4 4.60 20 282 M20 6.64 2.2 22 7 8 4 6.60 00 8 M20 7. 4. 2 2 4 4.90 0 89 648 M0 8.99 6 7.4 28 4 6.90 400 442 7 M0 28.0 8 9. 4 6.0 40 49 88 M0 29.0 20 2.6 2 2 92.20 00 49 902 M6 4.80 24 2.8 40 2 2 22.70 600 6 029 M6.70 0 2 48 2 84.00 70 8 29 M6 8.0 DOULE OLT DUTILE IRON PIPE LMP Figure 8D The Figure 8D can be used in the same manner as the Figure 8, except the overall length is longer. Materials: arbon Steel. ompliance: NFP Standard NFP-24 for Outside Protection. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M8D. FIGURE 8D UNDERGROUND PIPE LMP PIPE SIZE TUL PIPE O.D. WSHER SIZE WEIGHT EH.96 8 8 9.0 80 0 40 M6 4. 4 4.8 4 4 8 0.00 00 22 7 M6 4.4 6 6.9 7 8 2.00 0 7 42 M6 9.40 8 9.0 9 2 8 2.00 200 20 49 M6 9. 0. 2 4 4 24.00 20 282 9 M20 0.89 2.2 2 2 7 8 6.00 00 648 M20 6. 4. 28 4 4 48.60 0 89 78 M0 22.04 6 7.4 2 4 7.80 400 442 800 M0 2.0 8 9. 4 4 8.0 40 49 89 M0 8.70 20 2.6 7 4 2 02.00 00 49 99 M6 46.0 24 2.8 44 2 2 6.60 600 6 0 M6 62.00 0 2.0 4 204.00 70 8 46 M42 9.00 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 8

PIPE TTHMENTS UNDERGROUND SOKET LMP WSHER Figure 28 The Figure 28 is for use with our Figure 8 and Figure 8D Underground lamp. Two (2) Washers are required per clamp. When installed the lug bears against the bolt which prevents the washer from sliding off the clamp. Material: ast Iron. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M28. FIGURE 28 UNDERGROUND SOKET LMP WSHER ROD SIZE USED WITH WEIGHT LMP SIZE EH 4 4" to 2".2 M20 00 to 00 0.7 4 4" to 8" 2.8 M0 0 to 40.29 2 20" to 6" 7.06 M6 00 to 900.20 OFFSET PIPE LMP Figure 79 The Offset Pipe lamp is used on pipe lines running at a fixed distance from a wall or floor. The standard clearance is two inches (mm) from the O.D. of pipe to the face of the surface. Non-standard clearances can be fabricated upon request. Material: arbon Steel. Load Rating: Up to 60 F (4 ). Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M79. L FIGURE 79 OFFSET PIPE LMP PIPE MX WGT SIZE LOD EH 4 90 2 4 8 4 7 6. 20 84 70 222 0.9 90 2 7 8 9 4 7 6.4 2 84 7 2 0.64 4 90 6 9 4 7 6. 2 84 78 248 0.68 2 90 6 0 7 6.6 40 84 8 24 0.7 2 420 2 4 9 6 2.8 0 868 89 286 4.27 2 2 420 4 4 9 6 2.9 6 868 9 298 4.2 420 4 6 2 7 8 9 6.2 80 868 0 27 4.4 4 60 4 9 6 7 8 9 6 4.2 00 274 6 2 4.9 60 6 8 6 6. 2 274 29 97 7 2.9 6 870 8 6 4 6 7.2 0 870 4 42 7.27 8 870 6 8 8 4 6 8. 200 870 68 476 7.76 0 00 7 8 2 2 6 2.4 20 467 87 46 2.62 2 200 8 8 24 7 8 6 2.0 00 8 2 62 2 9. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 9

PIPE TTHMENTS TWO OLT PIPE LMP Figure 7 Figure 7SP Designed to suspend cold or hot pipe lines where little or no insulation is required. The Figure 7 is usually used with a Figure 279 Weldless Eyenut, or Figure 9 Welded Eyerod. See Figure 298 Heavy Duty Two olt lamp when higher loads are required. We will also design to meet special requirements such as special pipe sizes, order Figure 7SP. Rated Loads are for up to 70 F (99 ). Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 4, MSS-SP-69 Type 4 and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. lso, include any special requirements for Figure 7SP. For Metric applications specify Figure M7 or M7SP. F D D E E L FIGURE 7 TWO OLT PIPE LMP PIPE MXIMUM LOD ROD TKE WEIGHT SIZE 60 F / 4 70 F / 4 OUT D E F EH 2 00 44 8 8 8 6 0. 2224 980 0 29 4 M8 0.4 4 00 44 8 4 4 6 0. 20 2224 980 0 2 44 M8 0.6 00 44 8 8 7 8 6 0.9 2 2224 980 0 48 M8 0.8 4 00 44 8 8 2 8 6 0.40 2 2224 980 0 4 4 M8 0.8 2 800 7 8 4 2 4 6 0.4 40 9 8 0 44 7 M8 0.20 2 040 90 2 2 8 2 8 2.2 0 4626 47 4 67 M2 0.6 2 2 040 90 8 2 8 8 2. 6 4626 47 6 67 79 M2 0.60 040 90 8 2 2. 80 4626 47 6 76 89 M2 0.69 4 040 90 4 8 4 8 2 2.20 00 4626 47 9 92 M2.00 040 90 4 4 4 2 2.9 2 4626 47 9 08 27 M2.08 6 6 440 7 8 4 6 4 2.87 0 784 6406 22 9 M2 2.66 8 6 440 6 8 7 8 4 6.9 200 784 6406 2 62 87 M20. 0 2490 2220 7 8 8 4 7 8 4.9 20 077 987 2 94 222 M20 6. 2 2490 2220 8 4 0 4 7 8 6.7 00 077 987 2 222 260 M20 7.9 4 2490 2220 8 9 4 0 8 7 8 2.26 0 077 987 29 2 270 M20 9.64 6 2490 2220 8 0 4 8 7 8 2.9 400 077 987 29 260 29 M20 0.6 8 060 270 4 8 2.96 40 62 244 2 29 0 M24 4.9 20 060 270 8 2 4 4 8 8 6.74 00 62 244 24 9 M0 6.67 24 060 270 2 4 6 7 8 4 2.96 600 62 244 8 87 429 M0 24.02 0 00 60 2 8 2 20 4 2 0.0 70 69 4947 470 27 M6 46.9 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 40

PIPE TTHMENTS LIGHT DUTY LEVIS HNGER Figure 200 Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above allowing for approximately " to 2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M200. E L FIGURE 200 LIGHT DUTY LEVIS HNGER PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD E EH 2 0 8 7 8 2 8 4 0.27 667 M0 48 60 9 0.2 4 20 8 2 8 2 7 8 2 0.29 20 2 M0 60 7 8 0. 20 8 2 8 7 8 8 0. 2 2 M0 60 79 4 0. 4 20 8 2 7 8 4 2 8 0.6 2 2 M0 7 9 4 0.6 2 20 8 4 2 4 0.42 40 2 M0 76 02 7 0.9 2 20 8 2 4 4 2 4 0.2 0 2 M0 89 2 70 0.24 2 2 0 2 4 2 2 7 8 0.8 6 7 M2 02 40 7 0.7 0 2 4 4 6 8 4 0.90 80 7 M2 08 6 8 0.4 2 0 2 4 8 6 2 8 0.99 90 7 M2 6 86 0.4 4 400 8 2 7 7 8 4 8.40 00 779 M6 40 200 0.64 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 4

PIPE TTHMENTS VEE LEVIS HNGER Figure 200V Designed to support non-insulated, stationary, plastic lines from above. Used with Figure 200VT Vee Trough (not furnished). The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M200V. L D E FIGURE 200V VEE LEVIS HNGER PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE SIZE LOD D E EH 2 0 8 4 4 2 8 4 6 0.8 667 M0 2 40 4 0 0.7 4 0 8 4 9 6 2 8 4 8 0.8 20 667 M0 6 40 4 0 0.7 0 8 4 8 2 8 6 0.8 2 667 M0 40 4 00 0.7 4 0 8 4 8 2 8 6 0.8 2 667 M0 0 40 4 94 0.7 2 0 8 4 2 8 9 6 0.8 40 667 M0 02 40 4 90 0.7 2 0 8 6 2 8 4 0.8 0 667 M0 94 40 4 8 0.7 2 2 2 0 8 6 8 8 4 4 6. 2 6 667 M6 68 222 44 48 0.2 2 0 8 6 6 8 4 4 8. 2 80 667 M6 7 222 44 7 0.2 2 2 0 8 6 8 4 4. 2 90 667 M6 48 222 44 27 0.2 2 4 0 8 7 6 8 4 4 4 8. 2 00 667 M6 8 222 44 7 0.2 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 42

PIPE TTHMENTS WLL PIPE SUPPORT Figure 22 The Figure 22 is used to support steel or cast iron pipe close to walls, piers, or in a trench. These supports can be made to carry pipelines at various distances from the wall, lso for Hot Water Tanks 2" inches to 6" inches in diameter. Prices furnished in accordance with customer specifications. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M22. FIGURE 22 WLL PIPE SUPPORT PIPE WEIGHT SIZE D EH 9 8 7 7 8 2 4 9 6 2.9 80 22 200 7 4.08 4 0 2 9 4 2 8 9 6 2.6 00 267 2 70 4.6 2 4 4 6 9 6 4.0 2 24 286 84 4.84 6 4 2 2 6 9 6 4.48 0 6 8 97 4 2.0 8 8 6 8 6. 200 47 406 7 7 6.94 0 22 9 2 6 8 6 2.4 20 9 49 62 7 0.6 2 24 2 22 7 8 6 26.9 00 622 9 87 7 2.2 D DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 4

PIPE TTHMENTS SHORT U-OLT Figure 222 The Figure 222 is recommended for use as a support for piping where the tangent lengths are too long to use a Figure 28. It is supplied with two hex nuts. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 2, MSS-SP69 Type 24, and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, or Hot-Dip Galvanized (Rod Size 4" cannot be Hot-Dip Galvanized). Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M222. G F FIGURE 222 - SHORT U-OLT PIPE SIZE MX LOD 60 F / 4 STOK SIZE F G WEIGHT EH 2 480 4 7 8 8 4 4 0.08 2 M6 22 29 2 9 0.04 4 480 4 8 8 8 4 0.09 20 2 M6 29 9 0.04 480 4 8 8 8 4 0.0 2 2 M6 4 9 0.0 2 200 8 7 8 4 4 4 0.08 8 M0 22 2 2 9 0.04 4 200 8 8 2 8 4 0.09 20 8 M0 29 8 9 0.04 200 8 8 4 8 4 0.0 2 8 M0 44 9 0.0 4 200 8 4 2 8 4 0.27 2 8 M0 44 4 44 2 0.2 2 200 8 2 2 8 7 8 0.0 40 8 M0 60 48 2 0.4 2 200 8 2 2 2 7 8 2 4 0.4 0 8 M0 64 7 7 2 0. 2 2 2200 2 2 2 8 4 0.72 6 9786 M2 76 89 67 2 0. 2200 2 8 4 8 4 4 0.80 80 9786 M2 92 0 8 2 0.6 2 2200 2 4 8 4 8 2 4 0.9 90 9786 M2 0 7 89 2 0.4 4 2200 2 4 8 8 2 4 0.9 00 9786 M2 7 0 89 2 0.4 2200 2 8 6 8 4 4 4. 2 9786 M2 4 6 08 2 0. 6 600 8 6 4 7 8 4 4 4.24 0 604 M6 7 87 2 2 0.6 8 600 8 8 4 9 8 8 4 2.0 200 604 M6 222 28 7 2 0.9 0 400 4 0 7 8 8 7 2 2.68 20 2402 M20 276 29 78 8.22 2 700 7 8 2 7 8 4 7 7 8 2.20 00 6 M20 27 49 200 8.4 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 44

PIPE TTHMENTS RETURN LINE OFFSET HOOK Figure 227 Designed to support light duty pipe lines with clearance requirements that run along walls or beams. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M227. " D FIGURE 227 RETURN LINE OFFSET HOOK PIPE MX WGT SIZE LOD D EH 2 200 6 9 2 8 9 6 0. 890 60 4 4 0.24 4 200 6 8 6 9 6 0. 20 890 6 4 4 0.2 200 6 9 6 7 8 9 6 0.8 2 890 67 48 4 0.7 4 200 6 8 2 6 9 6 0.84 2 890 68 2 4 0.8 2 200 6 6 2 6 9 6 0.89 40 890 70 6 4 0.40 2 200 7 2 2 8 9 6 0.96 0 890 4 67 4 0.44 2 2 0 7 2 2 6 9 6.26 6 7 90 68 4 0.7 0 7 8 9 6.8 80 7 94 76 4 0.6 2 0 8 2 4 9 6.47 90 7 204 8 4 0.67 4 40 8 9 6 8 9 6 2.9 00 2002 27 92 4.08 40 9 4 6 9 6.90 2 2002 229 06 4.77 6 40 9 8 4 6 9 6 4.2 0 2002 28 9 4.9 " RETURN LINE HOOK Figure 227S Designed to support light duty pipe lines that run next to walls or beams. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M227S. D FIGURE 227S RETURN LINE HOOK PIPE MX WGT SIZE LOD D EH 2 200 6 9 2 9 6 0. 890 60 27 4 0.2 4 200 6 8 9 6 0. 20 890 6 27 4 0.24 200 6 9 6 9 6 0.80 2 890 67 27 4 0.6 4 200 6 8 9 6 0.8 2 890 68 27 4 0.8 2 200 6 6 9 6 0.87 40 890 70 27 4 0.9 2 200 7 2 9 6 0.9 0 890 4 27 4 0.42 2 2 0 7 2 9 6.6 6 7 90 27 4 0. 0 7 8 9 6.27 80 7 94 27 4 0.8 2 0 8 2 9 6.7 90 7 204 27 4 0.62 4 0 8 9 6 9 6 2.9 00 7 27 27 4 0.99 40 9 9 6.0 2 2002 229 27 4.9 6 40 9 8 9 6 4. 0 2002 28 27 4.88 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 4

PIPE TTHMENTS ONE HOLE PIPE LMP Figure 27S Designed to support light duty pipe lines that run next to walls or beams. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M27S. D HOLE DI. W FIGURE 226 ONE HOLE PIPE LMP PIPE WEIGHT SIZE D L W EH 2 7 8 9 2 2 8 4 0.0 22 7 67 9 0.02 4 9 2 0.06 20 2 7 76 2 0.02 8 9 2 4 0.09 2 29 7 8 2 0.04 4 7 8 2 2 0.2 2 22 9 89 2 0.0 2 4 2 4 2 0.6 40 2 0 4 2 0.07 2 4 2 6 8 0.24 0 2 0 68 2 0. 2 2 2 9 6 6 8 4 0.0 6 8 4 68 2 0.2 2 9 6 6 2 4 0.69 80 8 4 6 2 0. 4 2 9 6 8 4.40 00 8 4 20 2 0.64 L PIPE SUPPORT Figure 247 The Figure 247 is used in conjunction with a pipe stand and flange at the base to support piping from below. oth pipe stand and base must be ordered separately. Please see Figure 8. Load Rating: Up to 60 F (4 ). ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M247. FIGURE 247 PIPE SUPPORT PIPE SIZE OUPLING PIPE SIZE WEIGHT EH 2 4. 0 2 0.6 2 2.4 80 40. 4 2.6 00 0.6 2 4.0 2 0.9 6 2 2 7.0 0 6.9 8 2 2 8. 200 6.87 0.00 20 80.9 2.0 00 80 6.84 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 46

PIPE TTHMENTS DJUSTLE SPLIT SWIVEL HNGER Figure 240 Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal for retrofit needs. Vertical adjustment is made by turning the swivel. Pipe sizes 4" to 2" do not have the window cutout. Material: Malleable Iron. ompliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 6) Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M240. D E ENTERLINE OF PIPE FIGURE 240 DJUSTLE SWIVEL HNGER PIPE MXIMUM ROD SIZE WEIGHT SIZE LOD D E EH 4 00 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 0.2 20 0 4 60 67 0.0 00 8 2 8 2 4 4 0.2 2 0 60 7 76 44 0. 4 00 8 2 8 2 4 8 4 0.0 2 0 67 7 86 44 0.4 2 00 8 2 4 2 4 4 4 0.2 40 0 70 7 9 44 0. 2 00 8 8 2 8 4 4 7 8 0.4 0 0 79 60 08 48 0. 2 2 00 2 4 8 2 8 4 7 8 0.6 6 2224 4 46 48 0.29 00 2 4 8 2 8 6 8 2 0.78 80 2224 7 4 62 0. 2 00 2 2 4 7 2 7 8 0.8 90 2224 27 7 78 7 0.9 4 900 8 6 2 7 8 8 4 2 7 8.4 00 4004 6 2 7 20 7 0.70 900 8 6 4 9 2 2.00 2 4004 6 7 76 24 76 0.9 6 00 4 7 4 8 2.20 0 78 9 97 86 279 89.4 8 800 7 8 9 4 4 8 4 7 8.00 200 8007 22 248 6 98 2.27 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 47

PIPE TTHMENTS EXTENDED OFFSET PIPE LMP Figure 267 Designed to attach directly to piping where the exact distance between the structure and the pipe cannot be determined until the piping is in place. The extended legs can be modified in the field to suit the location. Legs of longer lengths can be furnished on order. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M267. FIGURE 267 EXTENDED PIPE LMP PIPE WEIGHT SIZE EH 8 2 4.8 0 0 9 0.84 2 2 4.8 0 9 0.84 4 2 4 4.8 20 0 2 0.84 2 2 2.4 2 2 40.06 4 0 7 8 2.40 2 6 49.09 2 2 6 8 2.4 40 0 6. 2 2 7. 0 0 78.42 2 2 2 7 2 4.2 6 0 9.9 2 7 7 8 4.47 80 0 200 2.0 4 2 0 2 4.90 00 0 267 2.22 2 2 4 4.90 2 0 2.22 6 2.2 0 0 0 2.4 8 2 4.20 200 0 87.06 0 2 8 4.0 20 0 464 6.2 2 2 20 4 22.00 00 0 27 0.00 4 2 2.00 0 0.90 RIGHT NGLE EM LMP Figure 282 The Figure 282 is used in attaching conduit or pipe at a right angle to a structural member. Materials: Malleable iron body with carbons steel U-bolt and nuts. Finish: Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M282. FIGURE 282 - RIGHT NGLE EM LMP PIPE SIZE WEIGHT EH 8 0. 0 0. 2 0.4 0.9 4 0.42 20 0.9 0.47 2 0.2 4 0.4 2 0.24 2 0.7 40 0.26 2 0.8 0 0.9 2 2.06 6 0.48.0 80 0.0 2.28 90 0.8 4.40 00 0.64 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 48

PIPE TTHMENTS STNDRD U-OLT Figure 28 Figure 28PV (PV oated) Figure 28SS (arbon Steel) (Stainless Steel) Our standard U-olts are recommended for use as supports or guides for piping. They are supplied with four hex nuts. The Figure 28PV is for support of piping where contact with the pipe is not desired. Threads and nuts are not coated. D The Figure 28SS is recommended for support of stainless steel piping. Please E specify the grade of stainless steel you require when ordering. Load Ratings shown are for arbon Steel. PV coating should not exceed 40 F / 60. Materials: arbon Steel, Stainless Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 24, MSS-SP 69 Type 24, and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized (Rod Size /4" cannot L L be Hot-Dip Galvanized) Hot-Dip Galvanized U-olts will come with oversized hex nuts. Side loads are given for the Figure 28 for a maximum temperature of 60ºF / 4º. When the loading condition requires the simultaneous application of a normal load and side load, the following interaction equation must be used to determine if the Figure 28 can be used. (ctual Load / Maximum Design Load) + (ctual Side Load / Maximum Side Load) The result of this equation cannot exceed the value of.0 if the Figure 28 is to be used. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify M28. FIGURE 28 STNDRD U-OLT MXIMUM LOD MX. PIPE 60 F 70 F SIDE LOD WEIGHT SIZE 4 99 60 F/ 4 D E EH 2 48 4 6 4 7 8 8 2 4 2 8 0. 27 9 280 M6 22 29 70 4 0.0 4 48 4 6 4 8 8 2 4 2 8 0.2 20 27 9 280 M6 29 70 4 0.0 48 4 6 4 8 8 2 4 2 8 0.2 2 27 9 280 M6 4 70 4 0.0 2 * 200 070 6 8 7 8 4 2 4 2 8 0.6 8 4760 406 M0 22 2 70 4 0.07 4 * 200 070 240 8 8 2 2 4 2 8 0.6 20 8 4760 068 M0 29 8 70 4 0.07 * 200 070 86 8 8 4 2 4 2 8 0.9 2 8 4760 827 M0 44 70 4 0.09 4 220 090 94 8 4 2 8 2 7 8 2 8 0.28 2 427 4849 86 M0 44 4 7 4 0. 2 220 090 94 8 2 2 8 2 2 0.0 40 427 4849 86 M0 60 76 64 0.4 2 220 090 94 8 2 2 2 7 8 4 2 2 0. 0 427 4849 86 M0 64 7 8 64 0. 2 2 2260 2020 84 2 2 4 0.70 6 00 8986 89 M2 76 89 9 76 0.2 2260 2020 84 2 8 4 8 4 0.78 80 00 8986 89 M2 92 0 02 76 0. 2 2260 2020 84 2 4 8 4 8 4 2 0.84 90 00 8986 89 M2 0 7 4 76 0.8 4 2260 2020 84 2 4 8 8 4 2 0.90 00 00 8986 89 M2 7 0 4 76 0.4 * Made special to customer order. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 49

PIPE TTHMENTS FIGURE 28 STNDRD U-OLT (ONT.) MXIMUM LOD MX. PIPE 60 F 70 F SIDE LOD WEIGHT SIZE 4 99 60 F/ 4 D E EH 2260 2020 84 2 8 6 8.04 2 00 8986 89 M2 4 6 27 76 0.47 6 620 20 277 8 6 4 7 8 6 8 4 2.0 0 60 468 22 M6 7 87 6 9 0.9 8 620 20 277 8 8 4 9 8 7 8 4 2. 200 60 468 22 M6 222 28 8 9.0 0 420 480 400 4 0 7 8 8 8 8 4 4.9 20 240 2486 779 M20 276 29 2 02 2.2 2 740 670 422 7 8 2 7 8 4 9 8 4 4 7.7 00 4 2998 877 M20 27 49 244 08. 4 740 670 422 7 8 4 8 0 4 4 4 8. 0 4 2998 877 M20 9 8 260 08.8 6 740 670 422 7 8 6 8 7 4 4 4 9.2 400 4 2998 877 M20 40 42 286 08 4.2 8 9920 880 8 8 9 8 2 8 4 4. 40 4428 968 M24 460 486 2 2 6. 20 9920 880 20 8 2 8 8 4 4 4.6 00 4428 968 M24 7 46 2 6.6 24 9920 880 24 8 2 8 8 4 4 6.9 600 4428 968 M24 6 68 97 2 7.7 28 9920 880 28 8 29 8 7 8 4 4 8.0 700 4428 968 M24 74 740 448 2 8.2 0 9920 880 0 8 8 8 8 4 4 9. 70 4428 968 M24 76 79 47 2 8.7 6 9920 880 6 8 7 8 2 8 4 4 2.2 900 4428 968 M24 98 94 49 2 0. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 0

LIGHT DUTY U-OLT Figure 28L The Figure 28L is recommended for the guiding, anchoring and supporting of conduit or light piping loads. Furnished with two (2) hex nuts. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 (Type 24), MSS-SP 69 (Type 24), and SPSS-S974. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M28L. D PIPE TTHMENTS E FIGURE 28L - LIGHT DUTY U-OLT PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD D E EH 2 48 4 4 2 4 0.06 27 M6 2 2 44 0.0 4 48 4 8 8 2 8 4 0.07 20 27 M6 29 4 44 0.0 48 4 8 8 2 4 4 0.07 2 27 M6 4 7 44 0.0 4 48 4 4 2 2 8 4 0.08 2 27 M6 44 60 44 0.04 2 48 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 0.09 40 27 M6 7 64 44 0.04 2 48 4 2 2 2 4 2 4 4 0.0 0 27 M6 64 70 70 44 0.0 2 2 220 8 8 8 2 0.28 6 427 M0 76 86 79 0. 220 8 8 4 8 2 0. 80 427 M0 92 02 86 0.4 2 220 8 4 8 4 2 8 2 0. 90 427 M0 0 4 92 0.6 4 220 8 4 8 7 8 2 0.8 00 427 M0 7 27 98 0.7 220 8 8 6 4 8 2 4 0.4 2 427 M0 4 2 7 7 0.20 6 2260 2 6 4 7 4 8 2 4 0.9 0 00 M2 7 84 0 7 0.4 8 2260 2 8 4 9 4 6 8 2 4.20 200 00 M2 222 2 6 7 0.4 0 620 8 0 7 8 2 7 4 2 2 2.0 20 60 M6 276 292 84 64.04 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

PIPE TTHMENTS HEVY DUTY TWO OLT PIPE LMP Figure 298 Designed to suspend heavy loads on cold or hot pipe lines where little or no insulation is required. The Figure 298 is usually used with a Figure 279 Weldless Eyenut or Figure 9 Welded Eyerod. Rated Loads are for up to 70 F (99 ). Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 4, MSS-SP-69 Type 4 and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M298. E F D H FIGURE 298 HEVY DUTY TWO OLT PIPE LMP MXIMUM LOD PIPE 60 F 70 F D E F H WEIGHT SIZE 4 99 EH 2 400 000 2 4 2 8 2. 0 2 4 9 76 M6 76.0 0 0 8 4 8 4 4.8 80 792 402 79 2 02 79 M20 02.7 4 0 0 4 4 7 8 4 7 8 4 7 8 6. 00 792 402 9 2 24 9 M20 24 2.9 0 0 4 8 2 4 8 7 8 2 7.4 2 792 402 2 40 M20 40.4 6 4900 40 8 8 6 4 8 6 4 4.0 0 2797 9 7 29 7 7 M24 7 6.4 8 4900 40 6 4 8 8 8 6 4 8 8 6.4 200 2797 9 7 29 206 7 M24 206 7.4 0 6000 400 7 8 4 9 8 7 4 4 9 2. 20 26690 2402 94 2 22 97 M0 229. 2 8700 770 9 4 8 8 9 2 2 8 44. 00 870 447 2 4 289 24 M6 28 20.0 4 90 80 9 4 8 7 8 0 2 8 8.8 0 4070 624 248 4 02 24 M6 29 26.7 6 90 80 8 2 7 8 2 2 7 8 64. 400 4070 624 279 4 27 279 M6 27 29. 8 800 2280 4 2 7 4 4 2 2 7 4 26. 40 688 4626 68 76 48 68 M48 48 7. 20 00 620 6 8 4 6 2 8 4 0.0 00 68060 6087 406 76 476 406 M48 476 68.0 24 600 400 8 2 4 2 2 8 2 2 4 2 2 20. 600 7209 6402 470 8 46 470 M6 46 9. 0 2000 820 22 2 2 26 22 2 2 2 26 6.4 70 992 88 72 89 660 72 M64 660 6.7 6 28000 24900 26 2 2 0 4 26 2 2 4 0 4 7. 900 24 076 67 89 768 67 M72 768 260.9 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 2

PIPE TTHMENTS THREE OLT PIPE LMP Figure 04 The Figure 04 is designed for hot insulated pipe lines up to 70 F. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. See Figure 9 for higher load ratings. We will also, design to meet special requirements such as special pipe sizes, order Figure 04SP. Rated Loads are for up to 70 F (99 ). Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, and pipe size. lso, include any special requirements for Figure 04SP. For Metric applications specify Figure M04 or M04SP. F E D H L FIGURE 04 THREE OLT PIPE LMP MXIMUM LOD TKE PIPE 60 F 70 F D OUT F H WEIGHT SIZE 4 99 E EH 2 90 84 8 2 7 8 2 4 8 8 0.6 4226 79 2 6 7 7 M0 4 0.28 4 90 84 8 8 4 2 2 8 4 0.66 20 4226 79 29 6 8 64 M0 44 0.0 90 84 2 8 4 2 2 8 2 8 0.69 2 4226 79 8 6 9 64 M0 4 0. 4 90 84 2 4 8 2 7 8 8 2 4 0.7 2 4226 79 8 9 92 7 M0 7 0.4 2 4 80 4 4 7 8 4 8 8 2 8 2.4 40 687 69 44 2 24 0 M6 60 0.97 2 4 80 2 8 8 7 8 8 8 2 4 2.4 0 687 69 4 29 49 0 M6 70.0 2 2 4 80 2 4 8 6 8 8 8 2.92 6 687 69 7 29 6 7 M6 76.2 4 80 2 4 8 6 8 6 8 2.9 80 687 69 70 29 68 2 M6 89.4 4 200 220 8 7 8 6 2 4 4 2 7.2 00 2 9920 86 2 94 6 M20 4.2 200 220 4 8 8 8 7 4 8 7.96 2 2 9920 02 29 206 78 M20 0.6 6 286 2 4 4 4 9 8 8 4 7 8 6 8.8 0 274 66 2 2 244 20 M20 6.8 8 286 2 4 4 0 8 9 4 7 8 7 8.9 200 274 66 46 2 270 2 M20 8 6.6 0 240 2890 6 7 8 4 2 0 2 8 4 2. 20 44 286 7 2 0 267 M24 20 9.68 2 240 2890 8 8 2 2 9 7 8 2.6 00 44 286 2 8 0 292 M24 2 0.7 4 400 8 9 8 2 4 8 2 4 4 0 4 8.78 0 928 7060 22 6 24 M0 27 7.9 6 400 8 0 2 8 4 4 4 42.89 400 928 7060 24 97 6 M0 298 9.4 8 400 8 8 2 6 4 8 4 4 46. 40 928 7060 29 42 84 M0 7 2.02 20 400 40 2 8 2 7 2 7 8 8 4 8.67 00 2008 7860 4 44 40 M6 6 26.6 24 490 4900 4 4 2 9 7 8 7 7 8 2 6 8 89.2 600 24422 2797 7 0 44 M6 46 40.2 0 700 6690 8 2 2 26 8 2 8 2 2 40.89 70 6 29760 470 8 670 94 M6 6.9 6 000 960 22 2 2 8 28 4 4 26 246.44 900 46708 467 72 76 86 70 M42 660.79

PIPE TTHMENTS LLOY THREE OLT PIPE LMP Figure 04Z The Figure 04Z is designed for hot insulated pipelines. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. See Figure 9Z for higher load ratings. Temperature range: above 70 F (99 ) to 00 F (66 ). Material: hrome Molybdenum Steel, STM -87 Grade 22. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify figure number, and pipe size. For Metric applications, specify Fig M04Z. F E D H L FIGURE 04Z LLOY THREE OLT PIPE LMP MXIMUM LOD TKE PIPE 90 F 000 F 00 F D OUT F H WEIGHT SIZE 0 8 66 E EH 2 400 000 700 4 4 7 8 4 8 8 2 8 2.48 40 6228 4448 4 44 2 24 0 M6 60.2 2 400 000 700 2 8 7 8 8 8 2 4 2.70 0 6228 4448 4 4 2 49 0 M6 70.22 2 2 400 000 700 2 4 6 8 8 8 2.76 6 6228 4448 4 7 2 6 7 M6 76.2 400 000 700 2 4 6 4 6 8 2.9 80 6228 4448 4 70 2 7 2 M6 89.4 4 200 600 00 8 7 8 6 2 4 4 2 7.0 00 02 77 489 86 2 94 6 M20 4. 200 600 00 4 8 8 8 7 4 8 7.96 2 02 77 489 02 29 206 78 M20 0.6 6 2600 800 00 4 4 4 0 8 8 7 8 6 8 2.26 0 66 8007 78 2 2 24 29 M20 6.6 8 2600 800 00 4 4 9 8 7 8 7 8 4.04 200 66 8007 78 46 2 279 244 M20 8 6.7 0 000 200 00 6 7 8 4 2 0 2 8 4 2. 20 4 942 667 7 2 0 267 M24 20 9.68 2 000 200 00 8 8 2 8 8 9 7 8 24.00 00 4 942 667 2 8 29 M24 2 0.89 4 900 2800 2000 9 8 2 4 8 2 4 4 0 4 8.78 0 749 246 8897 22 6 24 M0 27 7.9 6 900 2800 2000 0 2 8 4 4 4 4. 400 749 246 8897 24 97 6 M0 298 9.6 8 900 2800 2000 8 2 6 4 8 4 4 47.78 40 749 246 8897 29 42 84 M0 7 2.67 20 000 200 2000 2 8 2 7 2 7 8 8 4 8.67 00 22242 42 8897 4 44 40 M6 6 26.6 24 00 00 2700 4 4 2 9 7 8 7 7 8 2 6 8 90.82 600 24466 69 20 7 8 0 44 M6 46 4.20 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 4

PIPE TTHMENTS DJUSTLE SWIVEL RING Figure 800 Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the pipe elevation. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 0, MSS SP-69 Type 0, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and Factory Mutual approved ( 4" through 8"). We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for opper Tubing (Figure 800T), PV coated (Figure 800PV), and for NFP requirements (Figure 800FP), in this catalog. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M800. E D FIGURE 800 DJUSTLE SWIVEL RING PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD D E EH 2 00 8 2 4 6 7 6 0.09 0 M0 70 78 7 0.04 4 00 8 2 2 6 8 0.0 20 M0 64 78 29 0.0 00 8 2 2 6 0.0 2 M0 64 8 2 0.0 4 00 8 2 6 9 6 6 0.0 2 M0 7 90 27 0.0 2 00 8 8 7 8 6 0. 40 M0 79 98 27 0.0 2 00 8 6 4 8 8 0.2 0 M0 84 29 0.0 2 2 600 2 6 8 4 0.2 6 2669 M2 94 0 2 0. 600 2 4 7 8 8 0. 80 2669 M2 02 49 29 0.6 2 600 2 4 6 6 8 2 0.9 90 2669 M2 0 68 8 0.8 4 000 8 4 6 7 8 4 0.4 00 4448 M6 2 8 2 0.20 000 8 8 8 2 8 0.6 2 4448 M6 4 26 0.29 6 20 4 6 6 0 8 2.09 0 60 M20 70 27 0.49 8 800 7 8 8 6 2 7 8 2 8.24 200 8007 M20 2 27 67 0.6 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

PIPE TTHMENTS OPPER TUING SWIVEL RING Figure 800T Designed for the support of non-insulated static copper tubing lines. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the tubing elevation. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 0, MSS SP-69 Type 0. We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for carbon steel pipe (Figure 800), PV coated (Figure 800PV), and for NFP requirements (Figure 800FP), in this catalog. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: opper. Ordering: Specify copper tubing size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M800T. E D FIGURE 800T - DJUSTLE SWIVEL RING PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD D E EH 2 00 8 2 8 4 6 0. M0 60 8 4 0.0 4 00 8 2 8 8 8 0. 20 M0 60 79 0.0 00 8 2 2 8 0. 2 M0 64 79 2 0.0 4 00 8 2 4 4 6 0. 2 M0 70 8 24 0.06 2 00 8 2 6 8 8 0. 40 M0 7 92 29 0.06 2 00 8 6 4 8 6 0. 0 M0 84 0 27 0.07 2 2 2 8 4 4 8 8 0.6 6 2 M0 02 7 29 0.07 2 2 4 9 6 9 6 6 0.2 80 2 M2 6 4 0. 2 2 2 4 9 6 7 8 8 0. 90 2 M2 6 49 29 0.6 4 60 2 9 6 6 2 6 0.8 00 289 M2 4 6 0 0.7 000 2 6 4 8 8 8 0.8 2 4448 M2 9 2 4 0.26 6 000 2 7 6 9 6 2 4 0.92 0 4448 M2 8 249 7 0.42 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 6

PIPE TTHMENTS NFP SWIVEL RING Figure 800FP Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the tubing elevation and is tapped to the reduced rod standards of NFP. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 0, MSS SP-69 Type 0, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and Factory Mutual approved ( 4" through 8"), and NFP standards. We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for standard commercial pipe (Figure 800), copper tubing (Figure 800T), and PV coated (Figure 800PV), in this catalog. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M800N. E D FIGURE 800FP NFP DJUSTLE SWIVEL RING PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD D E EH 2 00 8 2 4 6 7 6 0.09 0 M0 70 78 7 0.04 4 00 8 2 2 6 8 0.0 20 M0 64 78 29 0.0 00 8 2 2 6 0.0 2 M0 64 8 2 0.0 4 00 8 2 6 9 6 6 0.0 2 M0 7 90 27 0.0 2 00 8 8 7 8 6 0. 40 M0 79 98 27 0.0 2 00 8 6 4 8 8 0.2 0 M0 84 29 0.0 2 2 2 8 6 4 0.2 6 2 M0 94 27 2 0. 2 8 4 9 6 8 0.0 80 2 M0 9 4 29 0.4 2 2 8 4 6 6 6 2 0. 90 2 M0 0 60 8 0. 4 60 8 4 2 7 8 0.4 00 289 M0 4 78 4 0.9 000 2 8 8 8 2 4 0.8 2 4448 M2 4 2 7 0.26 6 000 2 6 2 9 6 2 7 6 0.92 0 4448 M2 6 249 62 0.42 8 000 2 7 6 2 4 2 8.6 200 4448 M2 202 67 0. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 7

PIPE TTHMENTS PV OTED DJUSTLE SWIVEL RING Figure 800PV Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines and to protect the pipe from coming into direct contact with the hanger by having the contact surface PV coated.. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the pipe elevation. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 0, MSS SP-69 Type 0, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and Factory Mutual approved (/4" through 8"). We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for opper Tubing (Figure 800T) and for NFP requirements (Figure 800FP) in this catalog. Operating temperature should not exceed 40 F / 60. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M800PV. E D FIGURE 800PV - PV OTED DJUSTLE SWIVEL RING PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD D E EH 2 00 8 2 4 6 7 6 0. 0 M0 70 78 7 0.0 4 00 8 2 2 6 8 0. 20 M0 64 78 29 0.06 00 8 2 2 6 0. 2 M0 64 8 2 0.06 4 00 8 2 6 9 6 6 0. 2 M0 7 90 27 0.07 2 00 8 8 7 8 6 0.7 40 M0 79 98 27 0.08 2 00 8 6 4 8 8 0.8 0 M0 84 29 0.08 2 2 600 2 6 8 4 0.4 6 2669 M2 94 0 2 0. 600 2 4 7 8 8 0.9 80 2669 M2 02 49 29 0.8 2 600 2 4 6 6 8 2 0.42 90 2669 M2 0 68 8 0.9 4 000 8 4 6 7 8 4 0.48 00 4448 M6 2 8 2 0.22 000 8 8 8 2 8 0.69 2 4448 M6 4 26 0. 6 20 4 6 6 0 8 2. 0 60 M20 70 27 0. 8 800 7 8 8 6 2 7 8 2 8.29 200 8007 M20 2 27 67 0.9 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 8

PIPE TTHMENTS PIPE STRP Figure 08 The Figure 08 is designed hold piping flush to its mounting surface. This item may be bolted to a structure or channel strut, or welded into place. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Plated. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify Figure M08. H (TYP) D D FIG. 08 PIPE STRP MX PIPE VERT WGT SIZE LOD D H EH 2 00 2 6 7 6 9 2 0.20 7 7 0.09 4 00 6 7 6 9 2 0.2 20 84 7 0.0 00 6 7 6 9 2 0.28 2 94 7 0. 4 00 4 7 6 9 2 0. 2 02 7 0. 2 00 4 8 7 6 9 2 0.6 40 0 7 0.6 2 800 6 6 2 0.94 0 9 48 2 0 0.4 2 2 800 6 6 6 2. 6 9 60 2 0 0.0 800 7 6 2.0 80 9 78 2 0 0.9 2 800 7 7 8 6 2.49 90 9 200 2 0 0.68 4 800 7 7 8 6 2.7 00 9 200 2 0 0.78 800 9 6 6 2.8 2 9 20 2 0 0.8 6 800 0 6 6 2 2.4 0 9 27 2 0.0 DRIN, WSTE, VENT LMP Figure DWV Designed to provide economical and quick way to support of non-insulated PV drain, waste, and vent pipe lines with sufficient adjustment to most all application. an be field adjusted to suit unique configurations. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure MDWV. 8" FIGURE DWV PIPE SIZE 2 2 2 2 40 89 64 2 4 2 7 8 0 02 7 2 4 80 40 9 4 6 4 00 2 9 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 9

PIPE ROLLS HIR ND ROLL Figure 7 The Figure 7 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. Material: ast Iron Pipe Roll and hair with arbon Steel xle. Use a Figure 9 when a arbon Steel hair is required. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 44, MSS-SP-69 Type 44. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 7 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table on page 62 showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M7. S E N D P J J O P K S K O D N PIPE SIZES 2" TO 4" PIPE SIZES 8" TO 0" FIGURE 7 HIR ND ROLL RE HIR MX PIPE WGT. NO. LOD SIZE D E J K N O P S E. 90 2 4 8 2 2 6 2 2 7 6 2 4 8 7.0 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 4 7 0 46 26 8 6 2 89 0.2 6 44 80 64 90 70 90 4 4 0 8 2 4 8 2 8 9 6 4 4 4 4 0. 8 6 7 8 4226 00 46 27 70 20 2 60 4 2 08 4.8 2 86 0 98 2 200 8 6 7 8 8 7 8 8 4 7 8 4 8 7 6. 0 6 4 2 942 200 7 22 0 02 22 9 6 78 27 7. 20 9 07 2 7 7 8 7 8 4 7 8 4 4 9 6 9 4 6 26.8 4 8 679 00 200 279 87 46 22 2 4 2 2 2.2 0 20 4 4980 6 8 4 2 2 8 7 8 6 4 4 8 4 0 4 6 2 40. 8 0 20 4 22 400 222 8 22 7 2 7 9 260 6 8.4 40 24 00 279 600 24 8 7 8 4 7 2 4 4 6 2 6 4.0 27 600 22 49 0 9 2 2 2 292 7 2. 6 700 0 0 4 7 4 6 4 0 8 4 8 8 89.8 6 6 70 27 48 4 24 2 4 2 6 20 40.7 7 2000 6 2 8 4 20 2 4 6 7 9 2 42 2 8 7 8 900 0 476 08 0 2 46 42 229 68.9 00 87 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 60

PIPE ROLLS HIR ND ROLL Figure 9 The Figure 9 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. ecause the chair is made of steel, it can be either welded or bolted in position Material: arbon Steel hair and xle with ast Iron Pipe Roll. Use a Figure 7 when a ast Iron hair is required. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 44, MSS-SP-69 Type 44. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 9 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M9. K S E N D J P O HIR NO. & N E D P J K HIR NO. 2 THRU 7 S O FIGURE 9 HIR ND ROLL RE HIR MX PIPE WGT. NO. LOD SIZE D E J K M N O P S E. 90 2 6 8 2 2 6 2 4 2 9 6 2 4 8 7.0 2 2 4 2 8 2 2 8 7 0 2 26 8 6 2 6 4 89 0.2 6 44 80 4 90 60 90 4 6 0 8 2 4 8 4 2 8 9 6 4 4 4 4 0. 8 6 7 8 4226 00 2 27 70 20 2 6 60 4 2 08 4.8 2 86 0 98 2 200 8 7 9 8 4 8 4 6 7 6. 0 6 4 2 942 200 78 229 0 02 2 0 9 7 78 27 7. 20 9 07 2 8 7 8 4 8 4 4 6 9 6 26.8 4 8 679 00 20 279 87 46 2 0 2 7 229 2 2.2 0 20 4 4980 6 9 2 2 8 7 8 6 4 2 4 4 6 0 6 2 40. 8 0 20 4 22 400 229 8 22 7 2 2 2 24 6 8.4 40 24 00 279 600 24 8 7 8 4 7 2 8 4 7 8 6 2 6 4.0 27 600 22 49 0 9 2 6 24 2 292 7 2. 6 700 0 7 4 6 4 0 8 8 6 4 4 8 89.8 6 6 70 279 48 4 24 2 6 4 2 62 20 40.7 7 2000 6 2 20 20 2 7 8 6 7 9 4 42 2 8 7 8 900 0 08 08 0 2 2 49 27 42 229 6.8 20 87 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 6

PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF OVERING PROTETION SDDLE TO E USED WITH FIGURES 7 ND 9 RE Fig. Fig. 2 Fig. Fig. 4 Fig. Fig. 6 HIR PIPE " ov. 2" ov. 2" ov. 2 2" ov. " ov. 4" ov. NUMER SIZE 2 8 64 76 02 2 2 2 4 to 4 to 2 2 4 to 2 20 to 80 20 to 6 20 to 40 2 4 4 to 6 to 2 to 4 4 to 2 00 to 0 80 to 2 0 to 00 20 to 40 6 2 8 8 6 to 8 to 8 2 to 2 to 6 4 to 0 200 0 to 200 2 to 200 0 to 2 0 to 0 00 to 2 2 0 to 2 0 to 2 0 to 2 6 to 8 8 6 to 8 4 20 to 00 20 to 00 20 to 00 0 to 200 200 0 to 200 4 6 4 to 8 4 to 8 4 to 8 0 to 6 0 to 4 0 to 2 8 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 20 to 400 20 to 0 20 to 00 20 24 20 20 8 to 20 8 to 20 6 to 8 4 to 8 600 00 00 40 to 00 40 to 00 400 to 40 0 to 40 6 0 24 24 24 24 20 to 24 20 to 24 6 70 600 600 600 600 00 to 600 00 to 600 7 6 0 0 0 0 0 28 900 70 70 70 70 70 700 7 42 40 6 6 6 6 2 00 000 900 900 900 900 800 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 62

PIPE ROLLS DJUSTLE HIR ND ROLL Figure 40 The Figure 40 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical and lateral adjustment is required. ecause the base plate is made of steel, it can be either welded or bolted in position. The correct height can be obtained by adjusting the screws at each corner. The correct lateral location can be achieved by sliding the chair on the ends of the adjusting screws. The Figure 40 may be used without the ase Plate to rest on customer provided flooring or structure. Material: arbon Steel hair, ase, xle and djusting Screws with ast Iron Pipe Roll. Use a Figure when a ast Iron hair and ase are required. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 46, MSS-SP-69 Type 46. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 40 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M40. LL HOLES IN SE RE " DI. D E N DJUSTING OLT FIGURE 40 DJUSTLE STEEL HIR ND ROLL RE HIR MX PIPE N WGT. NO. LOD SIZE D E MIN. MX. E. 90 2 6 7 8 2 7 8 4 7 8. 2 2 2 8 2 2 2 2 2 7 0 7 40 98 44 76 98 7.0 6 4 80 64 90 64 90 4 8 2 4 8 2 7 8 8 4 2 20.7 6 7 8 4226 00 26 46 0 7 86 4 9.4 2 76 0 98 2 200 8 0 8 6 2 7 8 8 4 7 8 6 8 4. 0 6 2 942 200 270 6 87 7 24 68.6 20 2 07 2 2 2 7 4 9 2 7 8 7 8 7 8 0.6 4 8 679 00 8 97 24 8 49 94 2.0 0 20 4 4980 6 4 8 8 8 8 9 4 7 8 7 4 7.6 8 0 2 20 4 4 22 400 7 29 28 2 49 97.4 40 267 00 286 600 24 4 8 8 2 4 8 6 8 8 88.7 27 600 400 29 40 6 20 40.2 6 700 0 9 4 0 2 4 6 7 8 7 4 0 2 66 6 6 70 489 267 400 429 84 267 7. 7 2000 6 22 2 2 6 20 8 8 4 2 7 8 900 72 0 406 08 2 298 06 7 2000 42 22 2 2 6 2 8 8 8 4 2 7 8 00 72 0 406 87 2 298 06 6

PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF OVERING PROTETION SDDLE TO E USED WITH FIGURE 40 RE Fig. Fig. 2 Fig. Fig. 4 Fig. Fig. 6 HIR PIPE " ov. 2" ov. 2" ov. 2 2" ov. " ov. 4" ov. NUMER SIZE 2 8 64 76 02 2 2 2 4 to 4 to 2 2 4 to 2 20 TO 80 20 to 6 20 to 40 2 4 4 to 6 to 2 to 4 4 to 2 00 to 0 80 to 2 0 to 00 20 to 40 6 2 8 8 6 to 8 to 8 2 to 2 to 6 4 to 0 200 0 to 200 2 to 200 0 to 2 0 to 0 00 to 2 2 0 to 2 0 to 2 0 to 2 6 to 8 8 6 to 8 4 20 to 00 20 to 00 20 to 00 0 to 200 200 0 to 200 4 6 4 to 8 4 to 8 4 to 8 0 to 6 0 to 4 0 to 2 8 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 20 to 400 20 to 0 20 to 00 20 24 20 20 8 to 20 8 to 20 6 to 8 4 to 8 600 00 00 40 to 00 40 to 00 400 to 40 0 to 40 6 0 24 24 24 24 20 to 24 20 to 24 6 70 600 600 600 600 00 to 600 00 to 600 7 6 0 0 0 0 0 28 900 70 70 70 70 70 700 7 42 40 6 6 6 6 2 00 000 900 900 900 900 800 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 64

PIPE ROLLS DJUSTLE HIR ND ROLL Figure The Figure is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical and lateral adjustment is required.the correct height can be obtained by adjusting the screws at each corner. The correct lateral location can be achieved by sliding the chair on the ends of the adjusting screws. The Figure may be used without the ase Plate to rest on customer provided flooring or structure. Material: ast Iron hair and Roll. arbon Steel xle, ase, and djusting Screws. Use a Figure 40 when a arbon Steel hair is required. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 46, MSS-SP-69 Type 46. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M. LL HOLES IN SE RE " DI. D E N DJUSTING OLT FIGURE DJUSTLE STEEL HIR ND ROLL RE HIR MX PIPE N WGT. NO. LOD SIZE D E MIN. MX. E. 90 2 6 7 8 2 7 8 4 7 8. 2 2 2 8 2 2 2 2 2 7 0 7 40 98 44 76 98 7.0 6 4 80 64 90 64 90 4 8 8 4 8 2 7 8 8 4 2 20.7 6 7 8 4226 00 206 46 0 7 86 4 9.4 2 76 0 98 2 200 8 0 8 6 4 7 8 8 4 7 8 6 8 4. 0 6 2 942 200 270 7 87 7 24 68.6 20 2 07 2 8 9 2 7 8 7 8 7 8 0.6 4 8 679 00 20 24 8 49 94 2.0 0 20 4 4980 6 4 8 8 8 8 9 4 7 8 7 4 7.6 8 0 2 20 4 4 22 400 7 29 28 2 49 97.4 40 267 00 286 600 24 4 8 8 2 4 8 6 8 8 88.7 27 600 400 29 40 6 20 40.2 6 700 0 9 4 0 2 4 6 7 8 7 4 0 2 66 6 6 70 489 267 400 429 84 267 7. 7 2000 6 22 2 2 6 20 8 8 4 2 7 8 900 72 0 406 08 2 298 06 7 2000 42 22 2 2 6 2 8 8 8 4 2 7 8 00 72 0 406 87 2 298 06 6

PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF OVERING PROTETION SDDLE TO E USED WITH FIGURE RE Fig. Fig. 2 Fig. Fig. 4 Fig. Fig. 6 HIR PIPE " ov. 2" ov. 2" ov. 2 2" ov. " ov. 4" ov. NUMER SIZE 2 8 64 76 02 2 2 2 4 x 4 to 2 2 4 to 2 20 to 80 20 to 6 20 to 40 2 4 4 to 6 to 2 to 4 4 to 2 00 to 0 80 to 2 0 to 00 20 to 40 6 2 8 8 6 to 8 to 8 2 to 2 to 6 4 to 0 200 0 to 200 2 to 200 0 to 2 0 to 0 00 to 2 2 0 to 2 0 to 2 0 to 2 6 to 8 8 6 to 8 4 20 to 00 20 to 00 20 to 00 0 to 200 200 0 to 200 4 6 4 to 8 4 to 8 4 to 8 0 to 6 0 to 4 0 to 2 8 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 20 to 400 20 to 0 20 to 00 20 24 20 20 8 to 20 8 to 20 6 to 8 4 to 8 600 00 00 40 to 00 40 to 00 400 to 40 0 to 40 6 0 24 24 24 24 20 to 24 20 to 24 6 70 600 600 600 600 00 to 600 00 to 600 7 6 0 0 0 0 0 28 900 70 70 70 70 70 700 7 42 40 6 6 6 6 2 00 000 900 900 900 900 800 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 66

PIPE ROLLS ROLLER HIR Figure 4 The Figure 4 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. lthough two bolts are supplied for installation the chair can be alternatively welded in position Material: arbon Steel hair and xle with ast Iron Pipe Roll. Use a Figure 7 when a ast Iron hair is required. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. ompliance: - 92 Type 44, MSS SP-69 Type 44. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 4 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table for the Figure 42 which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M4. D G FIGURE 4 ROLLER HIR PIPE MX OLT SIZE WEIGHT SIZE LOD D G EH 2 00 4 7 8 8 2 2 8 x 2.0 0 24 4 8 M0 x 8 0.0 2 2 600 4 7 8 2 8 2 8 x 2.40 6 2669 24 4 M0 x 8 0.64 600 6 2 4 4 2 8 x 2.60 80 2669 2 7 44 M0 x 8 0.7 2 600 6 2 2 8 2 8 2 8 x 2 2.60 90 2669 6 67 4 M0 x 8.8 4 700 7 2 7 8 2 8 2 2 8 x 2 2.90 00 4 78 7 60 64 M0 x 8.2 700 7 8 2 2 2 2 x 2.90 2 4 94 89 64 76 M2 x.77 6 000 9 4 4 2 4 4 2 x 2 6.00 0 4448 248 02 70 8 M2 x 2.72 8 00 7 8 8 4 2 8 x 2 9.00 200 78 02 0 76 4 M6 x 4.08 0 700 4 2 6 8 8 4 x 2 2.80 20 762 68 62 92 27 M20 x 64 6.26 2 200 6 4 7 2 4 8 6 4 x 2 2 8.90 00 02 4 9 0 2 M20 x 64 8.7 4 00 8 2 8 8 4 4 6 2 4 x 2 2 28.0 0 790 470 2 2 6 M20 x 64 2.70 6 900 20 9 8 8 0 7 8 x 4.90 400 749 08 28 7 24 M20 x 76.80 8 4200 22 4 0 2 6 9 4 4 x 2 2 44.40 40 868 78 267 2 2 M20 x 64 20.0 20 400 2 8 8 6 2 0 4 4 x 2 2 6.0 00 2008 6 29 6 260 M20 x 64 2.60 24 6000 0 4 7 7 8 2 4 7 8 x 2 87.0 600 26690 762 6 200 M20 x 02 9.70 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 67

PIPE ROLLS ROLL ND PLTE Figure 6 The plate is made of steel with holes for anchoring to piers. It is used for supporting pipe lines where vertical adjustment is not required. Material: Steel Plate, ast Iron Roll. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. ompliance: - 92 Type 4, MSS SP-69 Type 4. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify plate number and figure number. " H Traverse J P FIGURE 6 ROLL ND PLTE PLTE PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT NO. SIZES LOD H J P EH 2-90 4 8 6 8 4 8 7 8 6.6 0-80 77 2 79 62 98 8.4 4-6 90 8 4 8 7 8 4 4 4 6 4.7 00-0 4 0 87 2 8 2. 2 8-0 200 2 6 2 8 2 8 4 8.4 2 200-20 9 6 26 7 46 0.7 2-4 07 2 2 8 8 9 8 6 4 6 2 8 2.9 00-0 9 64 29 244 9 6 0 9.9 4 6-20 4980 2 4 9 8 0 8 7 7 2 2 28.2 4 400-00 229 70 244 270 78 9 2.8 24 600 2 7 8 0 4 4 8 8 2 8 8.9 600 2767 7 27 298 20 26 6 7.6 6 0 700 8 2 8 2 9 2 8 9.0 6 70 402 86 4 0 26 24 6 26.7 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 68

PIPE ROLLS PIPE ROLL Figure 67 Our Figure 67 Pipe Roll is used with Figure7, 9, 40,and adjustable and non-adjustable chairs and rolls, also on various types of hangers and supports This product is shown for conceptual special assembly design purposes only and is not sold as an individual product. Material: ast Iron. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify roll size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M67. FIGURE 67 PIPE ROLL ROLL PIPE ROD WEIGHT NO. SIZES EH 2-2 6 7 8 2.02 0-80 68 48 M2 0.46 4-6 4 2 6 2.26 00-0 9 2 M2 0.7 2 8-0 6 4 4 4.42 2 200-20 2 8 M20 2.00 2-4 8 4 7 8 8.82 00-0 20 02 M20 4.00 4 6-20 9 8 4 2 8 2.2 4 400-00 22 4 M0. 24 0 4 7 6 8 4. 600 24 M6 6.8 6 0 2 2 2 4 2.6 6 70 8 40 M42 0.7 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 69

PIPE ROLLS DJUSTLE ROLL SUPPORT Figure 09 The Figure 09 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment of up to six inches of is required. This part is normally used directly above the supporting structure. Material: ast Iron Pipe Roll and Sockets, arbon Steel xle, ontinuous Thread Rods, and Hex Nuts. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 09 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table for the Figure 42 which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M09. H D FIGURE 09 DJUSTLE ROLL SUPPORT PIPE MX WGT. SIZE LOD D H EH 4 00 8 8 7 4 4.08 2 M0 86 84 2 0.49 2 00 8 8 7 4 8. 40 M0 92 84 0.0 2 00 8 4 8 7 4 8.6 0 M0 0 84 4 0.7 2 2 600 2 2 8 2 2.72 6 2669 M2 40 20.2 600 2 6 8 8 2 4 2.72 80 2669 M2 6 20 7.2 2 700 2 7 8 8 2 8 2.72 90 4 M2 8 20 67.2 4 700 8 7 8 8 2 2 7 8.9 00 4 M6 8 26 7.77 700 8 8 8 9 2 4.6 2 4 M6 2 229 89 2.0 6 000 4 9 8 9 4 7.07 0 4448 M20 244 229 02.2 8 00 7 8 2 0 8.40 200 78 M20 0 24 0. 0 700 7 8 4 8 6 8.70 20 762 M20 9 279 62 6.22 2 200 7 8 6 8 2 7 2.90 00 02 M20 40 0 9 7.2 4 07 7 4 2 8 8 28.70 0 679 M24 4 0 2.00 6 970 20 2 8 9 2 42.0 400 7660 M24 2 47 24 9.0 8 4200 22 8 8 0 2 46.60 40 868 M24 62 47 267 2.0 20 40 4 24 8 8 8 66.20 00 20240 M0 6 47 29 0.00 24 660 2 28 7 8 24 4 02.0 600 27402 M6 7 60 6 46.0 0 7290 2 2 24 7 2 86.80 70 2429 M6 902 60 44 84.70 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 70

ROLLER SUPPORT Figure 0 Figure 0 Roller Support is used on steam or hot water systems where pipe is to be supported in tunnels, trenches, structural brackets and frames. djustment is made by raising and lowering the top nut on the legs and locked into position by tightening the lower nut. Material: Steel xle, ast Iron Roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M0. E PIPE ROLLS D H FIGURE 0 ROLLER SUPPORT PIPE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD D E H EH 2 00 4 2 8 4 6 8 0.79 0 4 4 9 0 M0 0.6 2 2 600 6 4 2 8 2.44 6 2669 27 4 M2 0.6 600 7 8 2 4 4 2 7 6 2.62 80 2669 49 7 4 7 M2 0.7 2 600 7 2 8 4 2 8 2.64 90 2669 78 67 4 4 M2 0.74 4 700 7 2 6 4 2 6 2.82 00 4 78 7 4 4 M2 0.8 700 8 2 7 6 4 2 2 8 2.90 2 4 26 87 4 M6.2 6 000 0 4 6 4 2 2 8 4 4.66 0 4448 24 0 4 60 M20 2. 8 00 2 8 4 2 4 7 8 7.29 200 78 0 0 70 M20. 0 700 4 6 4 2 8 7 8 0.2 20 762 6 9 40 86 M20 4.64 2 200 6 7 7 6 6 6 7 8 2.27 00 02 406 89 2 00 M20.7 4 07 7 8 4 7 4 4 2.9 0 679 42 222 78 2 M24 9.70 6 07 9 2 9 7 6 8 6 27.76 400 679 49 240 20 29 M24 2.9 PIPE SIZE OF OVERING PROTETION SDDLE to be used with Figure 0 Roller Support Figure 0 Figure Figure 2 Figure Figure 4 Figure Figure 6 PIPE SIZE " ov. 2" ov. 2" ov. 2 2" ov. " ov. 4" ov. OF ROLL 2 8 64 76 02 4" 2-/2"-" 2"-2-/2" 00 6-80 0-6 " -/2" 2 90 6" 4"-" "--/2" 2"-2-/2" 0 00-2 80-90 0-6 7" 6" 4"-" "-4" 2"-2-/2" 2"-2-/2" 200 0 00-2 80-00 0-6 0-6 8" 8" 6" " "--/2" "--/2" 200 200 0 2 80-90 80-90 0" 8" 6" 4"-" 4"-" 20 200 0 00-2 00-2 2" 0" 0" 8" 6" 6"-8" 4"-6" 00 20 20 200 0 0-200 00-0 4" 2" 2" 0" 8" 0 00 00 20 200 6" 4" 4" 2"-4" 0" 8" 8" 400 0 0 00-0 20 200 200 7

PIPE ROLLS HRVRD ROLL HNGER Figure 40 Designed to support piping lines from above, allowing for vertical adjustment, and axial movement in the piping. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: arbon Steel frame with a ast Iron Roll. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. ompliance: --92 Type 4 and MSS-SP-69 Type 4. Finish: Plain, Painted, and Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 40 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M40. L E D FIGURE 40 HRVRD ROLL HNGER PIPE MXIMUM ROD SIZE WEIGHT SIZE LOD D E G EH 2 0 2 4 4 2 4 8 2 8 6 x 4.60 0 667 M2 08 70 4 67 x 2 0.7 2 2 22 2 4 7 8 4 2 2 7 8 6 x 4 2.00 6 00 M2 24 8 7 x 2 0.9 0 2 6 4 7 8 2 4 8 6 x 4 2.0 80 79 M2 9 98 7 79 x 2.04 2 90 2 6 7 8 4 2 2 8 2 4 x 4 2.0 90 7 M2 7 4 67 89 6 x 2. 4 47 8 7 2 4 7 8 2 7 8 8 4 x 2 4.00 00 2 M6 9 24 7 92 6 x 8.8 68 8 8 8 6 8 2 4 2 4 x 2.0 2 047 M6 2 62 89 4 6 x 2.40 6 780 4 9 7 8 7 8 4 4 x 2 7.00 0 470 M20 2 94 02 27 6 x 9.40 7 780 4 8 8 2 4 4 4 4 x 2 9.40 7 470 M20 28 26 2 6 x 4.26 8 780 7 8 2 8 9 2 8 6 8 8 x 2 2.0 200 470 M20 2 24 0 6 0 x.8 0 96 7 8 4 6 4 7 4 8 x 2 2 9.0 20 429 M20 8 286 9 84 0 x 64 8.7 2 96 7 8 7 8 2 7 2 8 8 2 x 2 2.0 00 429 M20 4 4 9 2 x 0.0 4 200 8 8 4 8 8 8 8 4 2 x 2 2.0 0 8 M24 467 7 2 222 x 64 6.0 6 400 20 2 7 4 9 2 9 4 2 x 2 2 46.0 400 6228 M24 2 48 24 248 x 64 2.0 8 400 2 8 9 0 2 2 2 x 7.00 40 6228 M24 87 48 267 292 x 76 2.90 20 600 4 24 2 2 8 2 4 8 x 7.90 00 77 M0 622 29 6 x 76 4.40 24 800 2 29 7 8 24 4 4 4 8 x 9.0 600 8007 M6 79 629 6 400 6 x 76 4.0 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 72

PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF OVERING PROTETION SDDLE to be used with Figure 40 Figure 40 Figure Figure 2 Figure Figure 4 Figure Figure 6 PIPE SIZE " ov. 2" ov. 2" ov. 2 2" ov. " ov. 4" ov. OF ROLL 2 8 64 76 00 2 2 4 6 20 to 2 80 2 to 40 4 2 to 2 2 to 2 00 0 to 6 2 to 40 to 2 2 to 2 2 4 to 2 2 80 to 90 0 to 6 20 to 40 6 4 to 2 2 to 2 2 4 to 0 00 80 to 90 0 to 6 20 to 2 7 4 to 2 4 to 2 2 7 2 00 80 to 90 2 to 40 0 8 6 4 2 to 2 2 200 0 2 00 0 to 80 6 0 8 6 to 6 2 to to 4 20 200 0 2 to 0 90 to 2 80 to 00 2 0 8 8 6 to 6 00 20 200 200 0 2 to 0 4 2 0 8 to 6 0 00 20 200 2 to 0 6 4 2 0 0 8 8 400 0 00 20 20 200 200 8 4 2 to 4 2 0 to 2 0 40 0 00 to 0 00 20 to 00 20 20 6 6 4 4 2 00 400 400 0 0 00 24 8 to 20 8 to 20 8 8 6 600 40 to 00 40 to 00 40 40 400 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 7

PIPE ROLLS DJUSTLE ROLL SUPPORT Figure 42 The Figure 42 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is required. lthough primarily used for support of the pipe, this component may also be placed over the pipe to act as a guide. Material: ast Iron Pipe Roll and Sockets with a arbon Steel xle. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. ompliance: --92 Type 42, MSS SP-69 Type 4. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 42 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M42. K D FIGURE 42 DJUSTLE ROLL SUPPORT PIPE MX ROD SIZE WGT. SIZE LOD D K EH 600 8 4 8 0.4 2 2669 M0 76 2 0 0.20 4 600 8 8 4 4 2 0.48 2 2669 M0 86 2 4 0.22 2 600 8 8 8 4 4 0. 40 2669 M0 92 2 0.2 2 600 8 4 8 8 4 0.7 0 2669 M0 0 4 0.26 2 2 600 2 2 2 7.48 6 2669 M2 40 78 0.67 700 2 6 8 2 4 7 8.48 80 4 M2 6 7 94 0.67 4 700 8 7 8 2 7 8 8 8.78 00 4 M6 8 7 29 0.8 700 8 8 8 2 9 7 8 2.42 2 4 M6 2 89 2.0 6 000 4 9 8 4 8.96 0 4448 M20 244 02 289.80 7 200 4 0 4 4 4 2 2.99 7 8 M20 27 2 8 2.72 8 00 7 8 2 8 4 6.4 200 78 M20 0 0 6 2.92 0 700 7 8 4 8 6 4 6 8.4 20 762 M20 9 9 406.8 2 2400 7 8 6 8 7 2 8 0.20 00 0676 M20 40 9 47 4.6 4 00 7 4 8 8 20 20.90 0 790 M24 4 2 08 9.48 6 900 20 2 9 2 22 8 26.07 400 749 M24 2 24 62.80 8 4200 22 8 0 2 24 8 6.9 40 868 M24 62 267 69 6.60 20 400 4 24 8 8 26 8 9.00 00 2008 M0 6 29 676 7.70 24 600 2 28 7 8 4 2 8 66.90 600 27 M6 7 6 86 0.0 0 7200 2 2 7 2 9 7 8 4.00 70 2028 M6 902 44 0 60.80 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 74

PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF OVERING PROTETION SDDLE to be used with Figure 42 Figure 42 Figure Figure 2 Figure Figure 4 Figure Figure 6 PIPE SIZE " ov. 2" ov. 2" ov. 2 2" ov. " ov. 4" ov. OF ROLL 2 8 64 76 02 2 2 4 to 6 20 to 2 4 to 2 4 to 80 2 to 40 20 to 2 4 2 2 to 2 4 to 00 6 to 80 40 20 to 2 2 2 to 2 2 4 to 2 4 to 2 90 0 to 6 2 to 40 20 to 2 6 4 to to 2 2 to 2 2 4 to 2 0 00 to 2 80 to 90 0 to 6 2 to 40 7 6 4 to to 4 2 to 2 2 2 to 2 2 7 0 00 to 2 80 to 00 0 to 6 0 to 6 8 6 to 2 to 2 200 0 2 80 to 90 80 to 90 0 8 8 6 4 to 4 to 20 200 200 0 00 to 2 00 to 2 2 0 0 8 6 6 to 8 4 to 6 00 20 20 200 0 0 to 200 00 to 0 4 2 2 0 8 0 00 00 20 200 6 4 4 2 to 4 0 0 8 400 0 0 00 to 0 20 20 200 8 6 6 6 2 to 4 2 to 4 0 40 400 400 400 00 to 400 00 to 400 20 20 8 8 6 2 00 40 40 400 00 24 20 20 8 to 20 8 to 20 6 to 20 4 to 8 600 00 00 40 to 00 40 to 00 400 to 40 0 to 40 0 24 24 24 24 24 20 to 24 70 600 600 600 600 600 00 to 600 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 7

PIPE ROLLS PIPE ROLL Figure 7 The Figure 7 is used in conjunction with our Figure 40, 42, and Roll Hangers The inside of the roll is cored. special non-conductive roll is available upon request. Material: ast Iron. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Note: Not sold as an individual product. FIG. 7 PIPE ROLL Roll Rod PIPE Diameter WEIGHT SIZE EH 2 8 0.2 2 8 0 0.0 4 7 8 8 0.8 2 48 0 0.08 2 2 8 8 0.24 40 4 0 0. 2 2 7 8 8 0.4 0 7 0 0. 2 2 8 2 0.7 6 79 0.7 4 2 0.42 80 9 0.9 2 4 8 2 0.68 90 0. 4 4 4 2 0.90 00 2 0.4 7 8 8.29 2 49 6 0.9 6 6 4 8.8 0 7 6 0.82 7 8 2.4 20 9.09 8 8 7 8 4. 200 22 9.0 0 7 8 4.8 20 279 22 2.8 2 7 8 0.0 00 0 22 4. 4 4 8 2.0 0 6 2.4 6 7 4 9.0 400 42 2 8.6 8 8 8 4 22. 40 467 2 0.2 20 20 8 4 22.6 00 8 2 0. 24 24 4 2 4.7 600 66 8 9.8 0 0 4 4 98 70 768 44 44. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 76

ROLLER SUPPORT Figure The Figure is designed for axial movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is required. This part is normally used directly above the supporting structure. Material: ast Iron Pipe Roll, arbon Steel xle, hair, and Hex Nuts. Do not exceed 40 F / 22 at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table for the Figure 42 which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M. PIPE ROLLS FIGURE ROLLER SUPPORT G PIPE MXIMUM ROD WEIGHT SIZE LOD G EH 2 400 2 7 8 6 2 7 8 2 2.09 0 779 7 2 7 M2 0.9 2 2 400 8 6 4 2 2.4 6 779 86 2 8 M2.0 400 4 6 8 2 2.6 80 779 02 2 92 M2.20 2 400 4 2 6 4 2 2.72 90 779 4 2 02 M2.2 4 600 8 6 4 6 8.4 00 2669 0 2 0 M6.6 600 6 8 6 6 8 4.26 2 2669 6 2 29 M6.9 6 900 7 4 6 6 4 7.7 0 4004 84 2 2 M20.0 8 900 9 8 6 7 4 4 9.9 200 4004 28 2 84 M20 4.0 0 00 2 6 8 6 6.70 20 489 292 2 224 M24 7. 2 00 2 6 0 6 9.0 00 489 4 2 262 M24 8.77 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 77

PIPE SDDLES ND PIPE SHIELDS INSULTION SHIELD Figure 26GS The Figure 26GS is designed to support insulated pipe and prevent crushing of the insulation at the point of support. This item is usually used with our Figure 00 levis Hanger. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: - 92 Type 40, MSS SP-69 Type 40. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify hanger size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M26GS. FIGURE 26GS INSULTION SHIELD LEVIS INSIDE HNGER SHIELD WEIGHT DI. SIZE GUGE LENGTH EH 2 8 2 8 2 0.62 60 0 0 0.28 2 7 8 2 2 8 2 0.76 7 6 0 0.4 2 8 2 0.92 89 80 0 0.42 4 2 8 2.04 02 90 0 0.47 4 2 4 8 2.6 4 00 0 0. 8 2.2 27 2 0 0.60 8 6 8 2.46 4 0 0 0.66 6 8 6 6 2 2.0 68 0 0.04 7 8 7 6 2 2.70 94 7 0.22 8 8 8 6 2.00 29 200 0.6 9 8 0 6 8.0 244 20 47 2. 0 4 0 6 8.60 27 20 47 2.4 4 2 4 24 0.00 298 00 2 60 4.0 2 4 2 4 24.00 24 00 2 60.00 4 4 4 24 2.00 6 0 2 60.40 6 4 24.00 8 400 2 60.90 6 6 4 24 4.00 406 400 2 60 6.40 7 8 4 24.00 42 40 2 60 6.80 8 8 2 24 7.00 47 40 60 7.70 9 20 2 24 2.00 48 00 60 0.40 20 20 2 24 24.00 08 00 60 0.90 2 24 2 24 2.00 600 60.0 22 24 2 24 26.00 9 600 60.80 2 24 2 24 28.00 84 600 60 2.70 24 24 2 24 29.00 60 600 60.20 26 0 2 24.00 660 70 60 4.0 27 0 2 24 2.00 686 70 60 4.0 28 0 2 24 4.00 7 70 60.40 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 78

PIPE SDDLES ND PIPE SHIELDS INSULTION SHIELD Figure 26P The Figure 26P is designed to protect the insulation and distribute the load at the hanger point. This item is usually used with our Figure 00 levis Hanger. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: - 92 Type 40, MSS SP-69 Type 40. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify hanger size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M26P. FIGURE 26P INSULTION SHIELD LEVIS INSIDE HNGER WEIGHT DIMETER SIZE LENGTH EH 2 8 2 2 0.62 60 0 0 0.28 2 7 8 2 2 2 0.76 7 6 0 0.4 2 2 0.92 89 80 0 0.42 4 2 2.04 02 90 0 0.47 4 2 4 2.6 4 00 0 0. 2.2 27 2 0 0.60 8 2.46 4 2 0 0.66 6 8 6 2.8 68 0 0 0.72 7 8 7 2.74 94 7 0 0.79 8 8 8 2 2.02 29 200 0 0.92 9 8 0 2 2.28 244 20 0.0 0 4 0 2 2.4 27 20 0. 4 2 2 2.84 298 00 0.29 2 4 2 2 4.8 24 00 0.90 4 4 2 4.8 6 0 0 2.08 6 2 4.90 8 400 0 2.22 6 6 2.20 406 400 0 2.6 7 8 2. 42 40 0 2. 8 8 2 6.20 47 40 0 2.8 9 20 2 6.0 48 00 0 2.9 20 20 2 7.2 08 00 0.29 2 24 2 7.0 600 0. 22 24 2 7.60 9 600 0.4 2 24 2 7.7 84 600 0.2 24 24 2 8.00 60 600 0.6 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 79

PIPE SDDLES ND PIPE SHIELDS IRON PIPE INSULTION SHIELD Figure 26 V OPPER TUING INSULTION SHIELD Figure 6 V oth the Figure 26 V and 6 V are designed to insulated the pipe and tubing for thermal efficiency as well as to provide a vapor barrier to prevent moisture condensation after installation. oth products are comprised of a poly-urethane insulation, an outer wrapper and a galvanized steel shield. Recommended for an operating temperature range of 200 F (-29 ) to +20 F (2 ). Materials: Polyurethane, SJ (Vapor arrier), arbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe/tubing size, covering thickness, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M26V or M6V. FIGURE 26 V IRON PIPE SHIELD FIGURE 6 V OPPER TUING SHIELD VPOR NOMINL INSULTION THIKNESS PIPE TUING SHIELD RRIER WEIGHT SIZE SIZE LENGTH LENGTH 4" " 2" 2" 2 2 6 0 0.48 0.60 0.97.6 2 24 0.22 0.27 0.44 0.7 4 4 6 0 0.4 0.62.02.8 20 20 2 24 0.24 0.28 0.46 0.72 6 0 0.6 0.77.7.7 2 2 2 24 0.28 0. 0.62 0.78 4 4 6 0 0.7 0.80..76 2 2 2 24 0.4 0.6 0.68 0.80 2 2 6 0 0.77 0.92.60 2.4 40 40 2 24 0. 0.42 0.7 0.97 2 2 6 0 0.99.26.82 2.29 0 0 2 24 0.4 0.7 0.8.04 2 2 2 2 6 0.8.40 2.6.7 6 6 2 24 0.4 0.64 0.98.44 6 0.47.7 2.0.7 80 80 2 24 0.67 0.7.04. 4 4 6 0.74 2..2 4.06 00 00 2 24 0.79 0.96..84 6 0.04 2.44.8. 2 2 2 24.8..62 2.2 6 6 6 0 2.7.20 4.4.90 0 0 2 24.2.4 2.0 2.68 8 2 6..2.47 8.78 200 0 406.4.47.7.98 0 2 6.9 4.0 4.27 8.9 20 0 406.79.84.94 4.06 2 2 6 4.67 4.77 4.97 9.04 00 0 406 2.2 2.6 2.2 4.0 4 2 6.9.29.4 9.7 0 0 406 2. 2.40 2.47 4.6 6 2 6.94 6.4 6. 9.44 400 0 406 2.69 2.79 2.88 4.28 8 2 6 6.7 6.68 6.8 9.47 40 0 406 2.98.0. 4.0 20 2 6 8.64 8.7 8.9 9.60 00 0 406.92.97 4.06 4. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 80

PIPE SDDLES ND PIPE SHIELDS PIPE OVERING PROTETION SDDLE Figure to 7Z The Figure to 7PP saddles are used to protect the insulation against damage and keep heat loss to a minimum. They are designed for from " up to " of covering. ll Saddles are 2" long with three tabs on each side for welding to pipe. Sizes 2" and larger have a welded in center rib. Material: arbon Steel (except Fig 6Z and 7Z which are hrome Molybdenum Steel). ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 9 or 9, MSS-SP-69 Type 9 or 9 and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify figure number and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M to M7Z. OVERING THIKNESS L 2" ENTER RI SIZES 2" & LRGER Saddle with Fig. 7 Roll Saddle with Fig. 67 Roll FIGURE TO 7Z PIPE OVERING PROTETION SDDLE SDDLE WITH SDDLE WITH MXIMUM TUL FIG. 7 ROLL FIG. 67 ROLL PIPE FIG. OVERING OVERING MX. ROLL ROLL WEIGHT SIZE NO. THIKNESS THIKNESS LOD SIZE SIZE EH 6 200 2 2 2 8 8 2-2 2 6 8. 2 24 8 64 4 4 0-90 9 4 0.2 4 2 2 2 200 2 8 2 8 2-2 2 6 2 8 2.0 20 8 8 8 76 67 4 0-90 68 4 0.9 2 2 200 4 4 2 8 2-2 8 2 8 2.6 8 00 8 67 0-90 86 67.9 6 200 2 4 2 4 4 2-2 2 7 6 4. 2 27 8 6 70 44 0-90 62 44 0.2 2 2 9 6 200 2 7 8 2 8 2-2 2 6 2 8 2.0 2 8 40 8 80 7 60 0-90 7 60 0.9 2 2 8 200 4 8 2 4 2-2 2 2 4 2.6 4 8 00 86 70 0-90 89 70.9 7 8 200 2 2 2 2-2 2 9 6 2.2 2 22 8 80 64 0-90 6 0.7 4 2 2 8 200 2 2 2 2-2 6 2 2 2.0 2 8 4 8 90 76 64 0-90 8 64 0.9 2 6 200 8 6 2-2 6 6 2.6 49 8 2 92 78 0-90 94 78.9 4 2 2 2 2 200 6 4 4 2 4-6 4 6 2.2 64 64 8 0 08 89 00-0 0 89.47 6 200 2 2 2 2-2 2 6 2.0 2 27 8 80 64 0-90 68 0.68 2 2 2 9 6 200 4 8 2 8 2-2 6 2 8 2.0 40 8 40 8 90 79 67 0-90 84 67 0.9 2 2 8 800 4 8 8 2-2 4 8.0 60 8007 2 0 86 0-90 9 86.4 4 2 2 2 7 8 800 6 4 8 7 8 4-6 4 6 7 8.7 64 7 8007 2 7 98 00-0 06 98.70 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 8

PIPE SDDLES ND PIPE SHIELDS FIGURE TO 7Z PIPE OVERING PROTETION SDDLE SDDLE WITH SDDLE WITH MXIMUM TUL FIG. 7 ROLL FIG. 67 ROLL PIPE FIG. OVERING OVERING MX. ROLL ROLL WEIGHT SIZE NO. THIKNESS THIKNESS LOD SIZE SIZE EH 6 200 2 2 7 8 2 8 2-2 2 6 2 8.6 2 27 8 80 7 60 0-90 7 60 0.74 2 2 9 6 200 4 8 2 8 2-2 6 2 8 2.0 8 40 8 02 79 67 0-90 84 67 0.9 2 2 2 8 800 6 4 4 2 4-6 7 8 2.2 0 4 8007 2 08 89 00-0 98 89.42 4 2 2 2 8 800 7 4 4 4 4-6 4 6 4.6 64 67 8007 78 2 02 00-0 22 02.6 6 800 7 4 4 2 7-0 6 4 2 4.40 76 78 8007 78 4 80-2 4 2.00 6 200 4 2 2 7 8 2-2 9 6 2 7 8.7 2 27 8 02 89 7 0-90 90 7 0.79 2 2 7 8 200 6 4 2 8 2-2 4 8 2.40 8 48 8 2 4 86 0-90 9 86.09 2 2 2 2 8 800 6 4 8 7 8 4-6 4 6 7 8.2 6 60 8007 2 7 98 00-0 06 98.42 4 2 2 2 7 8 800 7 8 4 8 7-0 6 4 8.6 64 7 8007 78 0 80-2 29.6 8 800 7 8 4 7 8 7-0 9 6 4 7 8 4.40 76 86 8007 78 4 24 80-2 4 24 2.00 6 200 4 2 2 7 8 2-2 9 6 2 7 8.7 2 27 8 02 89 7 0-90 90 7 0.79 2 2 9 6 800 6 4 2 4 4-6 4 6 4 2.7 8 40 8007 2 4 9 00-0 0 9.2 2 2 6 800 7 4 4 4 4-6 4 9 6 4.0 80 2 8007 78 2 02 00-0 6 02.9 4 2 2 2 9 6 800 8 8 4 8 7-0 8 4 8.9 64 6 8007 20 7 7 80-2 7 7.78 6 800 8 7 8 7-0 6 4.40 76 78 8007 20 49 27 80-2 2 27 2.00 6 000 6 4 4 2 4-6 4 2 2. 2 27 22242 2 08 89 00-0 02 89 0.97 2 2 9 6 000 7 4 4 4 4-6 4 6 4.00 8 40 22242 78 2 02 00-0 0 02.6 2 2 6 000 7 8 4 8 4-6 8 4 8.0 2 22242 78 7 7 00-0 0 7.9 4 4 2 2 2 9 6 000 0 6 8 7-0 7 8 8.9 00 64 6 22242 24 2 0 80-2 49 0.78 8 000 0 6 8 4 7-0 6 8 4.00 76 79 22242 24 68 46 80-2 62 46 2.27 6 4 4 8 000 2 7 4 6 2 7-0 7 9 6 6 2 6.0 02 0 22242 0 97 6 80-2 92 6 2.86 6Z 4 4 6 000 2 7 4 6 2 7-0 7 8 6 2 4.4 02 0 22242 0 97 6 80-2 94 6 6. 7Z 2 6 000 6 9 8 8 4 6 9 2 8 4 26.40 40 44 22242 406 244 20 80-2 24 20.98 6 800 6 4 7 8 4 8 4-6 4 4 8 2.8 2 27 8007 2 24 0 00-0 02 0.08 2 2 9 6 800 7 2 4 4 4-6 6 4 4.00 8 40 8007 78 40 2 00-0 2 2.6 2 2 6 800 8 6 4 7-0 6 4.62 2 8007 20 2 80-2 2.64 4 2 2 2 9 6 800 0 6 8 4 7-0 6 7 6 4 4.06 2 64 6 8007 24 68 46 80-2 64 46.84 6 800 0 7 8 6 4 7-0 7 2 6 4.00 76 78 8007 24 8 9 80-2 82 9 2.27 6 4 4 4 800 2 8 4 7 7-0 8 2 7 6.0 02 08 8007 0 20 78 80-2 206 78 2.86 6Z 4 4 6 000 2 8 8 7 8 7-0 8 4 7 8 4.9 02 06 22242 0 2 8 80-2 20 8 6.78 7Z 2 6 000 8 0 6 8 4 8 0 4 8 4 27.40 40 44 22242 47 29 222 80-2 27 222 2.4 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 82

FIGURE TO 7Z PIPE OVERING PROTETION SDDLE PIPE SDDLES ND PIPE SHIELDS SDDLE WITH SDDLE WITH MXIMUM TUL FIG. 7 ROLL FIG. 67 ROLL PIPE FIG. OVERING OVERING MX. ROLL ROLL WEIGHT SIZE NO. THIKNESS THIKNESS LOD SIZE SIZE EH 800 7 8 4 8 4-6 8 4 8.8 2 27 8007 78 7 7 00-0 0 7.7 2 2 2 800 8 7 8 7-0 6 6 4.7 8 8 8007 20 49 27 80-2 7 27 2. 2 2 6 800 0 6 8 2 7-0 6 2 2 6.28 2 8007 24 62 40 80-2 6 40 2.8 6 4 2 2 2 9 6 800 2 7 6 2-7 8 6 7.09 0 64 6 8007 0 78 2 0-80 94 2.22 6 800 2 7 4 6 2 7-0 7 2 6 2 8.0 76 78 8007 0 97 6 80-2 9 6.67 6 4 4 6 800 2 8 7 8 7 8 2-8 6 7 8 0. 02 06 8007 0 22 94 0-80 224 94 4.60 6Z 4 4 8 7200 2 8 7 8 7 7 8 2-8 7 8 7 7 8 6.00 02 0 2028 0 22 200 0-8 22 200 7.26 7Z 2 8 7200 8 9 6 0 8 2 0 27.0 40 4 2028 47 294 24 80-2 292 24 2.47 6 800 0 7 6 7-0 6 9 6 6.0 2 27 8007 24 78 2 80-2 67 2 2.29 2 2 9 6 800 0 7 6 7-0 7 6 6.2 8 40 8007 24 78 2 80-2 8 2 2.8 2 2 6 800 2 7 2 6 2 7-0 7 6 6 2 7.00 2 8007 0 9 6 80-2 9 6.8 8 4 2 2 2 6 800 4 8 4 7 2-8 6 7 7. 200 64 68 8007 6 20 78 0-80 22 78.42 6 800 2 8 7 8 7 8 2-8 27 2 7 8 9.90 76 8 8007 0 22 94 0-80 22 94 4.49 6 4 4 6 800 6 0 8 4 2-9 6 8 4 0. 02 06 8007 406 24 222 0-80 249 222 4.9 6Z 4 4 6 7200 6 0 8 4 2-9 7 8 8 4 6.90 02 06 2028 406 24 222 0-80 2 222 7.67 7Z 2 9 6 7200 20 6 0 4 20 4 0 4 4.0 40 4 2028 08 00 260 80-2 298 260.47 800 0 8 4 7 4 7-0 6 9 6 7 4.0 2 2 8007 24 20 84 80-2 67 84 2.29 2 2 8 800 0 8 4 7 4 7-0 7 6 7 4.2 8 4 8007 24 20 84 80-2 8 84 2.8 2 2 6 800 2 9 8 7 7 8 7-0 7 6 7 7 8 7.0 2 8007 0 22 200 80-2 9 200.8 0 4 2 2 2 8 800 6 9 8 8 8 6-20 9 6 8 8 8.7 20 64 4 8007 406 244 206 406-08 246 206.97 8 800 6 0 8 8 7 8 6-20 0 8 8 7 8 0.70 76 79 8007 406 27 22 406-08 264 22 4.8 6 4 4 8 800 8 8 9 4 6-20 6 9 4.88 02 0 8007 47 28 248 406-08 28 248 6.0 6Z 4 4 6 7200 8 8 9 4 6-20 8 9 4 7.0 02 0 2028 47 28 248 406-08 28 248 7.94 7Z 2 9 6 7200 20 8 4 20 2 8 4 6.60 40 4 2028 08 286 406-08 2 286 6.60 8 200 4 9 8 8 8 2-9 4 8 8 7.0 2 29 2 6 28 206 0-80 2 206. 2 2 8 000 4 9 8 8 8 2-9 7 8 8 8 7. 8 4 22242 6 6 28 0-80 2 206. 2 2 8 000 6 0 8 8 6-20 9 6 8 8 9.20 4 22242 406 24 29 406-08 22 29 4.7 2 4 2 2 2 8 000 8 0 2 9 8 6-20 0 9 6 9 8 0.04 00 64 4 22242 47 267 22 406-08 268 22 4. 8 000 8 4 9 4 6-20 8 9 4.00 76 79 22242 47 286 248 406-08 28 248 4.99 6 4 4 8 000 20 2 4 0 4 6-20 2 6 0 4 4.4 02 0 22242 08 27 406-08 06 27 6. 6Z 4 4 8 000 20 2 4 0 4 6-20 2 8 0 4 28.00 02 0 4892 08 27 406-08 08 27 2.70 7Z 2 9 6 000 24 4 4 2 8 24 4 2 8 6.60 40 4 4892 60 62 4 406-08 49 4 6.60 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 8

PIPE SDDLES ND PIPE SHIELDS FIGURE TO 7Z PIPE OVERING PROTETION SDDLE SDDLE WITH SDDLE WITH MXIMUM TUL FIG. 7 ROLL FIG. 67 ROLL PIPE FIG. OVERING OVERING MX. ROLL ROLL WEIGHT SIZE NO. THIKNESS THIKNESS LOD SIZE SIZE EH 2 2 2 000 6 0 4 9 6-20 0 8 9 8.2 8 8 22242 406 260 229 406-08 264 229.74 2 2 000 8 0 4 9 8 6-20 0 4 9 8 9.20 22242 47 27 28 406-08 27 28 4.7 4 2 2 2 8 000 8 8 9 7 8 6-20 4 9 7 8 0.04 64 4 22242 47 289 2 406-08 286 2 4. 4 000 8 2 0 2 6-20 4 0 2.00 0 76 76 22242 47 0 267 406-08 298 267 4.99 6 4 4 000 24 4 4 22-24 2 8 4.0 02 02 22242 60 7 298 9-60 4 298 7.0 6Z 4 4 000 24 2 4 4 22-24 7 8 4 27.60 02 02 4892 60 24 286 9-60 02 286 2.2 7Z 2 2 000 24 8 24 4 2 8 6.60 40 40 4892 60 8 9-60 68 6.60 2 2 2 000 8 8 9 4 6-20 4 9 4 8.2 8 8 22242 47 28 248 406-08 286 248.74 2 2 000 20 4 0 4 6-20 8 0 4 9.20 22242 08 298 260 406-08 29 260 4.7 4 2 2 2 2 7200 20 2 4 0 4 6-20 2 4 0 4.69 64 64 2028 08 27 406-08 27 6.2 6 7200 24 2 7 8 8 22-24 2 7 8 8 4.6 400 76 76 2028 60 27 28 9-60 27 28 6.6 6 4 4 7200 24 4 2 4 22-24 9 6 2 4.0 02 02 2028 60 6 9-60 44 7.0 6Z 4 4 000 24 4 2 4 22-24 8 2 4 0.0 02 02 4892 60 6 9-60 46.6 7Z 2 2 000 0 6 7 8 0 4 7 8 9.00 40 40 4892 762 4 2 9-60 400 2 7.69 2 2 2 000 20 2 4 0 4 6-20 2 4 0 4 9. 8 8 22242 08 27 406-08 27 4.24 2 2 7200 24 8 8 22-24 2 8 8 2.00 2028 60 29 9-60 4 29.44 4 2 2 2 2 7200 24 2 4 22-24 4 4.9 64 64 2028 60 4 298 9-60 0 298 6.44 8 7200 24 4 2 4 22-24 2 2 4.2 40 76 76 2028 60 6 9-60 4 6.92 6 4 4 7200 24 8 8 22-24 4 8 8 2.00 02 02 2028 60 0 46 9-60 7 46 9. 6Z 4 4 200 24 8 8 22-24 4 8 8 40.0 02 02 879 60 84 40 9-60 6 40 8.28 7Z 2 2 200 0 7 0 6 7 8 2.0 40 40 879 762 440 8 9-60 429 8 2.6 2 2 2 7200 24 2 4 22-24 4.0 8 8 2028 60 4 298 9-60 0 298.0 2 2 7200 24 4 2 4 22-24 2 2 4 2.40 2028 60 6 9-60 4.62 4 2 2 2 2 7200 24 4 8 2 7 8 22-24 4 8 2 7 8 4.9 64 64 2028 60 7 27 9-60 9 27 6.44 20 7200 24 4 4 26-0 4 7 8 4.2 00 76 76 2028 60 87 49 660-762 78 49 6.92 6 4 4 7200 0 6 2 4 4 26-0 4 4 4 22.80 02 02 2028 762 9 62 660-762 400 62 0.4 6Z 4 4 200 7 6 8 4 8 26-0 7 8 4 8 44.80 02 02 879 78 422 6 660-762 40 6 20.2 7Z 2 2 200 0 8 6 0 7 7 8 6 2.0 40 40 879 762 46 406 660-762 44 406 2.6 2 2 2 7200 0 6 8 4 8 26-0 4 4 8 2.90 8 8 2028 762 46 9 660-762 400 9.8 2 2 7200 0 6 8 4 8 26-0 4 4 8.90 2028 762 46 9 660-762 400 9 6.28 4 2 2 2 2 7200 0 7 4 4 26-0 6 8 4 4 8.07 64 64 2028 762 42 7 660-762 422 7 8.20 24 7200 0 7 2 4 26-0 7 8 4 9. 600 76 76 2028 762 44 87 660-762 4 87 8.78 6 4 4 7200 0 8 4 6 2 26-0 8 6 2 2.0 02 02 2028 762 422 49 660-762 47 49 0.48 6Z 4 4 200 0 8 7 8 6 8 26-0 8 8 6 8 4.40 02 02 879 762 479 422 660-762 460 422 20.9 84

PIPE SDDLES ND PIPE SHIELDS HIGH TEMPERTURE PIPE INSULTION SHIELD Figure 46 V The Figure 46 V is designed to insulated the pipe for thermal efficiency. It is comprised of a calcium silicate insert resting on an outer wrapper and a galvanized steel shield. Recommended for an operating temperature range of +20 F (+2 ) to +200 F (+648 ). Materials: alcium Silicate, SJ (Outer Wrapper), and arbon Steel. Finish: Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, covering thickness, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M46V. FIGURE 46 V HIGH TEMPERTURE PIPE SHIELD LENGTH NOMINL OF INSULTION THIKNESS PIPE OUTER WEIGHT SIZE WRP 4" " 2" 2" 2 0 0.0 0.60.00.6 24 0.2 0.27 0.4 0.7 4 0 0.6 0.64.04. 20 24 0.2 0.29 0.47 0.69 0 0.62 0.78.40.74 2 24 0.28 0. 0.64 0.79 4 0 0.76 0.82..8 2 24 0.4 0.7 0.70 0.82 2 0 0.78 0.94.6 2. 40 24 0. 0.4 0.7 0.98 2 0 0.90.29.88 2. 0 24 0.4 0.9 0.8.06 2 2 0.2.4 2.22.24 6 24 0.6 0.6.0.47 0..6 2.4.40 80 24 0.68 0.7.06.4 4 0.74 2..2 4.06 00 24 0.79 0.96..84 0.04 2.77.8. 2 24.8.26.62 2.2 6 0 2.9.20 4.4.90 0 24..4 2.0 2.68 8 6.64.27 6.9 8.78 200 406.6.48..98 0 6 4.0 4.7 7.4 8.9 20 406.86.89.8 4.06 2 6 4.74 4.87 7.7 9.04 00 406 2. 2.2.2 4.0 4 6.29. 7.9 9.2 0 406 2.40 2.4.6 4.20 6 6 6. 6.2 8.04 9.47 400 406 2.79 2.84.6 4.0 8 6 6.67 6.7 8.27 9.60 40 406.0.06.7 4. 20 6 8.7 8.8 8.9 9.67 00 406.97 4.0 4.06 4.9 VEE TROUGH Figure 200VT Designed to be used primarily with the Figure 200V as a support for plastic or other piping where continuous support is required. Hangers should be placed to adequately support the ends. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M200VT. FIGURE 200VT VEE TROUGH PIPE TROUGH WGT SIZE SIZE L LENGTH EH 2"- 2" 2 20.9-0 8 048 2.44 2 2 2" - 4" 20 0.78 2 6-00 76 048 4.89 L L 8

EM LMPS TOP EM LMP Figure 6 The Figure 6 is designed to support piping from top members of angle iron trusses or the top flange of I-beams. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clip number, flange width, flange thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M6. Made special to customer order. FIGURE 6 TOP EM LMP WEIGHT EH ROD WIDTH OF I EM FLNGE LIP MXIMUM SIZE 4 6 8 2 NO. LOD 02 2 20 0 00 8 6 0.46 0.9 0.7 0.99 M0 7.9 0.2 0.27 0. 0.4 2 00 2 8 0.62 0.80 0.97. 2 2224 M2 9. 0.28 0.6 0.44 0.60 700 8 7 6.0.4.62 2.2 4 M6. 0.48 0.6 0.7.00 4 000 /4 2.9 2.0 2.42.29 4 4448 M20 2.7 0.72 0.9.0.49 2000 7 8 9 6 2.77. 4.22.64 8897 M20 4..26.9.9 2.6 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 86

DJUSTLE EM LMP Figure 4 Figure 4 The Figure 4 is designed to clamp to the bottom of flanged beams. fter installation the unit is locked into position with a hex nut and lock washer. Figure 4 is designed for wider flange widths, please see table. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 27, MSS-SP-69 Type 27. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M4 or M4. EM LMPS FIGURE 4 ND 4 DJUSTLE EM LMP FLNGE WIDTH ROD SIZE MXIMUM FIGURE 4 FIGURE 4 WEIGHT EH LOD MIN. MX. MIN. MX. FIG. 4 FIG. 4 8 00 2 8 8 6 2 4 4 0.96 2.6 M0 89 20 20 406 70 2 0.44.6 2 700 2 8 8 6 2 4 4.42.48 M2 4 89 20 20 406 70 2 0.64.8 8 000 2 8 8 6 2 4 4.86.24 M6 4448 89 20 20 406 70 2 0.84 2.8 4 00 6 0 8 6 4 2 4.22 7.8 M20 78 2 24 20 406 9 8.9.26 7 8 400 6 0 8 6 4 2.6 8.92 M20 6228 2 24 20 406 9 8.20 4.0 00 7 4 8 6 4 2 7.74.2 M24 667 78 6 20 406 9 8.. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 87

EM LMPS EM LMP Figure The Figure is designed to attach to the bottom of flanged beams. Normally used with the Figure 9 Eye Rod or Figure 279 Eye Nut. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 2, MSS-SP-69 Type 2. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clamp size, flange width, flange thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M. FIGURE EM LMP D LMP MX OLT SIZE LOD D SIZE 00 7 8 2 2 8 2224 22 8 M0 2 700 8 8 4 2 2 4 29 6 44 M2 800 4 8 2 2 9 2 6 M2 4 000 8 4 2 8 8 4 4448 9 60 M6 000 8 7 8 2 8 4 4 4 22 67 M20 6 000 2 7 8 6 4 44 2 8 M20 7 000 2 8 8 4 8 7 22242 4 29 0 M24 WEIGHT EH LMP EM WIDTH DIMENSION SIZE 2 4 6 7 8 0 0.2 0.62 0.78 0.88 0.9 0.24 0.28 0. 0.40 0.4 2 0.74 0.82.09.2..9 2 0.4 0.7 0.49 0. 0.9 0.6.26.49.89 2.2 2.29 2.4 2.69 0.7 0.68 0.86 0.96.04..22 4 2.2 2.8.8.9.60.92 4.0.29.44.4.6.78.40 4.08 4.2 4.80.0. 6.2.4.8 2.0 2.8 2. 2.0 2.8 6 6.00 6.4 7.00 7.40 7.90 8.80 6 2.72 2.9.8.6.8.99 7.9 2.7. 4..9 7.42.78 6. 6. 7.2 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 88

EM LMPS TOP OR SIDE EM LMP Figure 8 The Figure 8 clamp is made in two parts. When bolted together they prevent the movement of the clamp from its position. The supporting rod is installed close to the flange of the beam. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Spec. --92 Type 2, MSS-SP-69 Type 2. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clamp number, width of flange, thickness of flange, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M8. FIGURE 8 TOP OR SIDE EM LMP WEIGHT EH ROD WIDTH OF I EM FLNGE LIP MXIMUM SIZE 4 6 8 2 NO. LOD 02 2 20 0 00 8 6 4 0.92.04.2.4 M0 7.9 44 0.42 0.47 0. 0.66 2 00 2 8 2 4.9.6.66 2. 2 2224 M2 9. 7 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.96 700 8 7 6 2 2 2. 2.8 2.98.72 4 M6. 64..27..69 4 000 4 2 2 4.90 4.2 4.7.62 4 4448 M20 2.7 70.77.96 2.07 2. 2000 7 8 9 6 2 7. 8.08 8.48 0. 8897 M20 4. 89..67.8 4.9 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 89

EM LMPS DJUSTLE EM LMP Figure 82 The Figure 82 is designed to attached to the bottom of flanged beams without requiring welding. Normally used with the Figure 7 Extension Piece (Not Furnished) up to a maximum 7 8" (M20) rod diameter. Loading is achieved through the clamp jaws while locking is accomplished by tightening the through-bolt located directly below the flange. Maximum flange thickness is 0.60 inches. Material: Malleable Iron. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 0, MSS-SP-69 Type 0 when used with a Figure 7. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, and finish. Order Figure 7 separately, if required. For Metric applications specify Figure M82. FIGURE 7 FIGURE 82 DJUSTLE EM LMP ROD TKE OUT MXIMUM EM FLNGE WIDTH ROD MXIMUM 2 8 4 6 7 WEIGHT SIZE LOD 60 76 0 27 2 77 EH 8 60 2 7 6 6 2 6 2 9 6 7 8.9 M0 274 89 87 84 7 6 48 0.87 2 0 2 7 6 6 2 6 2 9 6 7 8 2. M2 027 89 87 84 7 6 48 0.96 8 6 2 7 6 6 2 6 2 9 6 7 8 2. M6 6072 89 87 84 7 6 48 0.98 4 6 2 7 6 6 2 6 2 9 6 7 8 2.6 M20 6072 89 87 84 7 6 48.07 7 8 6 2 7 6 6 2 6 2 9 6 7 8 2.49 M20 6072 89 87 84 7 6 48. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 90

EM LMPS TOP EM LMP WITH LOKING NUT Figure 92 The Figure 92 is designed for roof installations with bar joist type construction as well as to be attached mechanically to the top or bottom flange of steel beams. locking nut is provided and when properly tightened prevents loosening due to vibration. The full body tapping feature for the rod allows for extra adjustment after installation. Figure 92RS Retaining Strap may also be required by various codes. Install in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. When using a Retaining Strap the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 8". Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel up Point Set Screw. ompliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 9), UL and FM rated for 8" and 2" only. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M92. E F D FIGURE 92 TOP EM LMP ROD SIZE MXIMUM MXIMUM WEIGHT LOD PIPE SIZE D E F EH 8 400 4 8 2 4 2 0. M0 779 00 4 8 2 9 0. 2 00 8 6 2 4 2 0.4 M2 2224 200 4 8 2 9 0. 8 600 8 7 8 2 6 4 8 0.9 M6 2669 200 48 8 27 9 6 0.8 4 800 8 2 8 4 6 4 8 0.6 M20 9 200 60 44 9 6 0.29 7 8 200 8 2 8 4 6 4 8 0.60 M20 8 200 60 44 9 6 0.27 TOP EM LMP RETINING LIP Figure 92RS The Figure 92RS is designed for use with Figure 92 and Figure 92W Top eam lamp to prevent movement of the clamp due to vibration after installation. vailable in up to 4 2", 6", 8", 0" and 4" lengths (Two inches should be added to beam flange width to determine length and select next largest strap length if between sizes.) Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M92RS. FIGURE 92RS TOP EM LMP RETINING LIP WEIGHT EH LENGTH DIMENSION ROD 4 2 6 8 0 4 SIZE 4 2 20 24 6 8 0. 0.2 0.28 0. 0.49 M0 0.07 0.0 0. 0.6 0.22 2 0. 0.2 0.28 0. 0.49 M2 0.07 0.0 0. 0.6 0.22 8 0.20 0.26 0. 0.44 0.62 M6 0.09 0.2 0.6 0.20 0.28 4 0.20 0.26 0. 0.44 0.62 M20 0.09 0.2 0.6 0.20 0.28 7 8 0. 0.42 0.6 0.70 0.98 M20 0.4 0.9 0.2 0.2 0.44 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 9

EM LMPS WIDE MOUTH TOP EM LMP WITH LOKING NUT Figure 92W The Figure 92W is designed for roof installations with bar joist type construction as well as to be attached mechanically to the top or bottom flange of steel beams. locking nut is provided and when properly tightened prevents loosening due to vibration. The full body tapping feature for the rod allows for extra adjustment after installation. Figure 92RS Retaining Strap may also be required by various codes. Install in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. When using a Retaining Strap the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 8". Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel up Point Set Screw. ompliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 9). Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M92W. F FIGURE 92W WIDE MOUTH TOP EM LMP ROD SIZE MXIMUM MXIMUM WEIGHT LOD PIPE SIZE D E F EH 8 400 4 8 7 8 6 4 2 0.7 M0 779 00 4 48 27 2 0.7 2 00 4 8 7 8 6 4 2 0. M2 2224 200 4 48 27 2 0.6 8 80 2 4 2 6 8 4 4 0.49 M6 78 2 7 9 2 9 0.22 4 900 6 2 8 2 8 8 4 4 0.87 M20 4004 0 60 60 2 9 0.9 E D DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 92

DJUSTLE SIDE EM LMP Figure 27 The Figure 27 is designed to attach mechanically to a steel beam and allow a drop rod to placed at or near the edge of the beam. Various beam flange widths and thicknesses can be accommodated. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: MSS-SP-69 Type 2. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and type. For Metric applications specify Figure M27. EM LMPS FIGURE 27 DJUSTLE SIDE EM LMP MXIMUM MXIMUM FLNGE FLNGE WEIGHT TYPE LOD THIKNESS WIDTH EH Size 8 00 8-4 2 0.80 Size 76 M0 M0 76-4 0.6 Size 4 8 8 00 /8 4 8-6.06 Size 7 M0 M0 7-2 0.48 Size 6 8 8 00 8 6 8-7 2.7 Size 6 M0 M0 6-9 0. Size 7 8 8 00 8 7 8-9.28 Size 94 M0 M0 94-229 0.8 TYPE 2 Size 2 00 2-4 2.7 Size 76 M2 2224 M2 76-4 0.7 Size 4 8 2 00 2 4 8-6.84 Size 7 M2 2224 M2 7-2 0.8 Size 6 8 2 00 2 6 8-7 2 2.0 Size 6 M2 2224 M2 6-9 0.9 Size 7 8 2 00 2 7 8-9 2.2 Size 94 M2 2224 M2 94-229.0 TYPE Size 8 700 8-4 2.7 Size 76 M6 4 M6 76-4.70 Size 4 8 8 700 8 4 8-6 4.9 Size 7 M6 4 M6 7-2.90 Size 6 8 8 700 8 6 8-7 2 4. Size 6 M6 4 M6 6-9 2.0 Size 7 8 8 700 8 7 8-9. Size 94 M6 4 M6 94-229 2.2 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 9

EM LMPS EM LMP Figure 268 Designed to allow the connection of hanger rods to steel beams without welding. Vertical rod adjustment is approximately 2 inches after installation. Material: arbon Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, width of beam flange and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M268. Note: minimum is ". E FIGURE 268 EM LMP MXIMUM ROD SIZE DJUSTMENT SIZE LOD (MIN.) E D STEEL SIZE 700 4 2 4 2 2 6 4 X 4 4 02 M 02 7 6 X 2 2 00 4 4 4 2 2 4 8 X 2 2 667 02 M20 02 70 0 X 2600 4 7 8 4 2 2 4 2 X 2 66 02 M20 02 70 X 4 400 4 2 2 4 2 X 2 2 4 928 4 M24 27 8 X 64 8000 4 2 2 2 4 8 X 4 87 27 M0 40 64 8 6 X 02 DJ. D PURLIN LMP Figure 290 Designed to attach directly to steel purlins. Maximum Pipe Size is 4". Material: Malleable Iron with hardened steel cup point set screw. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M290. 2" 7/8" 2" FIG. 290 PURLIN LMP ROD SIZE MXIMUM LOD WEIGHT EH 8 400 0.82 M0 779 0.7 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 94

STEEL EM LMP WITH WELDLESS EYENUT Figure 297 The Figure 297 beam clamp with eyenut is used when welding to the structure is prohibited for supports where some movement is expected. The clamping effect is produced by the ice tong action of the arms and is locked in place by the through bolt located just under the beam flange. Material: arbon Steel with Forged Steel Eyenut. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 28, MSS-SP-69 Type 28 and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size, clamp number and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M297. EM FLNGE WIDTH EM LMPS E FIGURE 297 STEEL EM LMP WITH WELDLESS EYENUT MXIMUM MXIMUM MXIMUM FLNGE WEIGHT LMP SIZE LOD ROD SIZE EM WIDTH ODY SIZE THIKNESS EH 270 4-8 0.6. 6884 M20 76-20 2. 2 4960-8 0.6. 2984 M24 76-20 2. 4960 4-0.6 9.0 2984 M24 02-279 4. 4 4960 4-2.0 29.0 2984 M24 02-0 26.2 4960 -.0. D 2984 M24 279-8 26. 6 00 2 4-2.0 29.0 29200 M6 02-0 26.2 7 00 2 -.0. D 29200 M6 279-8 26. 8 00 2 4-2.0 29.0 29200 M48 02-0 26.2 ** ased on the allowable stresses shown in NSI ode for Pressure Piping ROD TKEOUT "E" FOR WIDTH OF EM LMP ODY SIZE SIZE 4 6 7 8 9 0 2 4 6 8 4 6 4 8 6 2 0 27 22 00 2 6 8 4 6 4 8 6 2 2 0 27 22 00 8 4 8 8 8 8 7 7 8 7 4 7 8 7 6 2 20 206 206 200 97 87 78 6 4 8 8 8 8 8 2 8 8 8 8 7 7 8 7 8 7 6 4 4 29 29 26 2 206 200 94 78 7 D 9 2 9 4 8 7 8 8 8 7 7 8 D 24 2 22 2 200 6 8 8 8 8 8 2 8 8 8 8 7 7 8 7 8 7 6 4 6 29 29 26 2 206 200 94 78 7 7 D 9 4 9 2 9 8 8 4 8 8 7 D 248 24 22 222 206 8 8 2 2 8 8 0 7 8 0 4 0 2 0 8 29 292 292 289 28 276 27 267 24 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 9

EM LMPS EXTENDED EM LMP Figure 4 The Figure 4 is used where the supporting I beam is to be covered with fireproofing material. The bottom bolt has a spacer to allow for free movement of the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clamp size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M4. F OLT SIZE J PIPE SPER R MX. G MIN. FIGURE 4 EXTENDED EM LMP MXIMUM FLNGE MINIMUM MXIMUM NUMER LOD WIDTH F G J R 00 4 6 8 6 8 8 2 667 02 68 20.6 6 M6 2 00-6 7 8 6 8 8 2 2 667 27-2 8 20.6 6 M6 00 6 2-7 2 7 7 8 6 8 8 2 667 6-9 200 20.6 6 M6 4 00 8-9 8 8 6 8 8 2 4 667 20-229 29 20.6 6 M6 00 0-0 2 9 8 6 8 8 2 667 24-267 244 20.6 6 M6 6 000 4 7 6 6 4 4 8 6 4 02 79 24 9 M20 6 7 000-6 7 9 6 6 4 4 8 7 4 27-2 92 24 9 M20 6 8 000 6 2-7 2 8 6 6 4 4 8 8 4 6-9 2 24 9 M20 6 9 000 8-9 9 6 6 4 4 8 9 4 20-229 20 24 9 M20 6 0 000 0-0 2 9 6 6 4 4 8 0 4 24-267 249 24 9 M20 6 6000 4 9 8 4 8 7 8 26690 02 28 2 2 M0 22 2 6000-6 9 7 8 4 8 7 8 2 26690 27-2 2 2 2 M0 22 6000 6 2-7 2 0 8 4 8 7 8 26690 6-9 270 2 2 M0 22 4 6000 8-9 8 4 8 7 8 4 26690 20-229 289 2 2 M0 22 6000 0-0 2 2 8 4 8 7 8 26690 24-267 08 2 2 M0 22 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 96

EM LMPS EM LMP WITH SWING NUT Figure 702 Identical in design to the Figure eam lamp, the Figure 702 comes with the addition of a right-hand tapped swing nut. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 2, MSS SP-69 Type 2. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, width of beam, thickness of flange, and type Number of clamp. For Metric applications specify Figure M702. E H D FIGURE 702 EM LMP WITH SWING NUT TYPE MXIMUM NUMER LOD D E 00 8 8 4 8 2224 M0 4 9 6 2 2 000 2 4 4 8 2 4448 M2 44 2 9 29 00 8 2 4 7 8 4 667 M6 2 22 2 4 2000 4 2 8 2 8 4 8897 M20 60 8 2 000 7 8 2 8 4 4 8 4 M20 67 44 2 4 6 20 4 2 4 4 6 447 M24 8 2 44 WEIGHT EH TYPE DIMENSION H NUMER 4 6 7 8 9 0 2 0.69 0.79 0.90 0.9..0 0. 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.9 2..2.4.0.64.7.8.9 2 0. 0.7 0.64 0.68 0.74 0.78 0.8 0.88 2.44 2.67 2.84.06.28.40.8..2.29.9.49.4.62 4.67 4.00 4.2 4.8 4.80.07.27 4.66.8.9 2.08 2.8 2.0 2.9.8 6. 6.4 6.8 7.7 7.46 8.2 2.64 2.77 2.92.09.2.8.7 6 9. 9.97 0.6.04.7 2.00.9 6 4. 4.2 4.8.04.2.44.98 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 97

-LMPS LMP RETINING LIP Figure 22 The Figure 22 is designed for use with Figure 28 and 9 lamps. to prevent movement of the lamp due to vibration after installation. vailable in up to 4 2", 6", 8", 0" and 4" lengths (One inch should be added to beam flange width to determine length; select next largest strap length if between standard lengths.) The Figure 96 8" (M0) uses a Type, while all other sizes use a Type 2. Type is for Figure 28, 8" (M0), 2" (M2), 8" (M6), 4" (M20) and 7/8" (M20) rod sizes. Type 2 is for Figure 9, 2" (M2), 8" (M6) and 4" (M20) rod sizes only. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, type, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M22. FIGURE 22 LMP RETINING LIP WEIGHT EH LENGTH - DIMENSION LIP 4 2 6 8 0 4 SIZE 4 2 20 24 6 0. 0.22 0. 0.6 0.0 0.07 0.0 0. 0.6 0.2 2 0.2 0.28 0.6 0.4 0.9 2 0.0 0. 0.6 0.20 0.27 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 98

-LMPS -LMP WITH LOKING NUT Figure 47 Figure 47SS (Stainless Steel) -LMP WITHOUT LOKING NUT Figure 28 The Figure 47 is designed to attach to the bottom flange of a steel beam. locking nut is provided and when tightened prevents loosening due to vibration. The Figure 28 is identical to the Figure 47 and may require a Figure 22 Retaining lip to prevent loosening due to vibration. Install both Figure 47 and 28 in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. Some odes require the use of a Figure 22 Retaining lip on all -lamps. When using a Retaining lip the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 8". Material: arbon Steel with Hardened Steel up Point Set Screw. Stainless Type 04. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 2, MSS-SP-69 Type 2. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Figure 47SS (Sizes 8", 2", 8"). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M47 or Figure M28. F E D FIGURE 47 LMP WITH LOKING NUT ROD SIZE MX SET SREW WEIGHT LOD D E F SIZE EH 8 400 2 8 2 4 7 8 4 8 x 2 0.8 M0 779 60 7 22 9 0 x 8 0.7 2 00 2 8 2 8 7 8 4 2 x 2 0.8 M2 2224 60 60 22 9 x 8 0.7 8 600 2 8 2 8 4 4 8 x 2 0.68 M6 2669 60 60 9 9 6 x 8 0. 4 800 2 8 2 4 4 4 4 x 2 0.79 M20 9 60 7 9 9 9 x 8 0.6 7 8 200 2 4 4 4 x 2.8 M20 8 76 70 2 2 9 x 8 0.8 FIGURE 28 LMP WITHOUT LOKING NUT ROD SIZE MX SET SREW WEIGHT LOD D E F SIZE EH 8 400 2 4 2 8 7 8 4 8 x 2 0.6 M0 779 7 60 22 9 0 x 8 0.6 2 400 2 4 2 8 7 8 4 2 x 2 0.6 M2 779 7 60 22 9 x 8 0.6 8 440 2 4 2 8 4 4 8 x 2 0.6 M6 97 7 60 9 9 6 x 8 0.29 4 800 2 4 2 4 4 4 4 x 2 0.72 M20 9 7 7 9 9 9 x 8 0. 7 8 200 2 4 4 4 x 2.6 M20 8 76 70 2 2 9 x 8 0.7 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 99

-LMPS -LMP WITH LOKING NUT Figure 96 The Figure 96 is designed to attach mechanically to the bottom flange of a steel beam and may require a Figure 22 Retaining lip to prevent loosening due to vibration after installation. Install Figure 96 in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. Some odes require the use of a Figure 22 Retaining lip on all -lamps. When using a Retaining lip the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 8". Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel up Point Set Screw. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 2, MSS-SP-69 Type 2. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M96. F E D FIGURE 96 -LMP ROD SIZE MXIMUM PIPE WEIGHT LOD SIZES D E F EH 8 400 2 to 2 4 4 8 4 0. M0 779 to 0 44 44 6 9 0. 2 400 2 2 to 2 4 4 8 4 0.9 M2 779 6 to 90 44 44 6 9 0.8 8 440 4 to 2 2 4 4 0.46 M6 97 00 to 2 9 9 0.2 4 00 6 2 2 4 4 0.2 M20 2224 0 9 9 0.24 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 00

STRUTURE TTHMENTS NGLE KNEE Figure 9 The Figure 9 is used in supporting pipe hangers to the side of joist, steel, or wood beams. It can be either bolted or welded to the structure. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. ompliance:--92 Type 4 and MSS-SP-69 Type 4. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M9. H TYP. L TYP. TYP. FIGURE 9 NGLE KNEE SIZE ROD SIZE MX. LOD H L WGT. EH 8 0 8 2 7 6 2 0. M0 667 29 0.24 2 00 4 9 6.2 M2 44 76 4 76 0.6 8 760 2 2 4 6 4 2.20 M6 8 64 02 7 02.00 EXTENSION R Figure 0 The Figure 0 is made of soft steel and can be easily cut with a cold chisel to any desired length, twisted, bent, or otherwise manipulated without breaking, yet retaining its strength. Furnished in ten, fifty, or one hundred foot rolls. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify size, length and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M0. FIGURE 0 EXTENSION R WEIGHT SIZE PER FT. 0 4 4 2 0.2 0 9 6 0.0 7 8 4 2 0.8 22 6 0.08 2 4 2 0.2 2 2 6 0. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 0

STRUTURE TTHMENTS J EM HOOK Figure The Figure is used in conjunction with our Figure Machine Thread Eye Rod when it is necessary to support piping from the top flange of beam which allows the pipe to run close to the bottom of the beam where headroom is limited. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Length equals the distance from the end of the threaded end to the inside of the hook. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, thickness of flange, figure number, and finish. Made special to customer order. For Metric applications specify Figure M. FIGURE J EM HOOK WEIGHT EH RODWIDTH OF I EM FLNGE SIZE 4 6 7 8 0 2 02 27 2 78 20 24 0 8 0.9 0.22 0.2 0.28 0.2 0.8 0.44 M0 0.09 0.0 0. 0. 0. 0.7 0.20 2 0. 0.9 0.4 0. 0.6 0.67 0.78 M2 0. 0.8 0.20 0.2 0.2 0.0 0. 8 0.2 0.6 0.70 0.78 0.87.02.22 M6 0.24 0.28 0.2 0. 0.9 0.46 0. 4 0.7 0.89.0..26.0.7 M20 0.4 0.40 0.46 0. 0.7 0.68 0.79 7 8.02.20.6..7 2.04 2.9 M20 0.46 0.4 0.62 0.69 0.78 0.9.08 WLL RKET Figure 49 The Figure 49 is designed for light duty applications. ompliance: MSS-SP 69 Type. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M49. H " FIGURE 49 RKET MX ROD WGT. SIZE LOD SIZE H EH 00 8 9 8 4 4.2 2224 M0 229 20 2.42 2 00 8 2 4 4 4.60 2 2224 M0 0 2 2.09 00 8 9 8 8 8.47 2224 M0 48 460 6. " /6" HOLES TYPE. () PLES DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 02

STRUTURE TTHMENTS LIGHT WELDED STEEL RKET Figure 69 The Figure 69 is designed to support up to 6" pipe. This bracket is for installation to walls as shown or inverted, and may require a backing plate. Holes for up to 4" rods are located at each end of the bracket to allow for use in either orientation. The Figure 78 Steel racket lip can be attached to the Figure 69 to support piping /2" or smaller. Please see the Figure 79 for more information. ompliance: --92 Type, MSS-SP 69 Type. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M69 and M79 as required. STEEL RKET LIP Figure 78 The Figure 78 lip can be used to support piping 2" or smaller from the horizontal member of a Figure 69 Steel racket. The lip is composed of two steel plates and one bolt and nut. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify Figure M78. " /4" FIG. NO. 78 " " D /6" TYP () PLS. FOR LIP SEE FIG. NO. 78 FIGURE 69 LIGHT WELDED STEEL RKET MX WGT. SIZE LOD EH 70 9 8 6 2 6.99 6 229 20 6.7 2 70 2 0 2 0.0 2 6 0 0 267 4.60 70 9 8 6 2 0.0 6 48 47 49 4.74 2" FIGURE 78 STEEL RKET LIP SIZE ROD SIZE MX LOD WEIGHT EH 8 60 0.80 M0 274 0.6 2 2 70.24 2 M2 6 0.6 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 0

STRUTURE TTHMENTS STEEL ONRETE INSERT Figure 7 The Figure 7 is designed to provide an economical method of overhead rod support by being embedded in concrete. The insert is nailed in place prior to the concrete being poured. fter the pour has cured the insert knock-out is removed, a Figure 7N Insert Nut installed, and the rod attached. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification WW-H-7 (Type 9), MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. If an Insert Nut Figure 7N is required, it must be ordered separately by Figure number rod size and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M7 and M7N. ONRETE INSERT NUT Figure 7N Designed for use with Figure 7 Steel oncrete Insert. Finish: Plain, Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M7N. E F D FIGURE 7 STEEL ONRETE INSERT FIGURE 7N ONRETE INSERT NUT ROD MXIMUM WEIGHT EH SIZE LOD D E F INSERT NUT 8 600 8 8 7 8 2 2 0.44 0.0 M0 2669 79 4 22 8 0.20 0.0 2 600 8 8 7 8 2 2 0.44 0.4 M2 2669 79 4 22 8 0.20 0.06 8 600 8 8 7 8 2 2 0.44 0.6 M6 2669 79 4 22 8 0.20 0.07 4 600 8 8 7 8 2 2 0.44 0.7 M20 2669 79 4 22 8 0.20 0.08 Maximum Load Rating is dependant upon the selected nut size used. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 04

STRUTURE TTHMENTS RKET Figure 8 This bracket is used on light duty applications. Dimension can be changed upon request. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify bracket size, figure number, and finish. " FIGURE 8 RKET MX. MX. ROD WGT. SIZE LOD SIZE EH 60 8 4 2 2.7 274 20 02 M2.2 2 60 8 6 2.2 2 274 20 2 M2. 60 8 9 2 4.4 274 20 229 M2 2.0 6" 9/6" HOLES ROD SIZE MEDIUM WELDED STEEL RKET Figure 84 The Figure 84 is designed to support pipe from either above or below. Slotted construction allows for drop rod use along the length of the bracket. This bracket is for bolted installation to walls and may require a backing plate. Special steel brackets can be fabricated to customers loads and/or dimensions. ompliance: --92 Type 2, MSS-SP 69 Type 2. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M84. FIGURE 84 MEDIUM WELDED STEEL RKET MX WGT SIZE LOD D E G L EH 0 00 2 8 2 4 2 2 4 6.0 0 667 0 47 94 2 64 2 2 7.0 00 8 24 2 2 4 2 2 2 6 24.70 667 47 60 46 2 64 8 2.20 2 00 24 0 27 2 4 2 2 2 6 7.70 2 667 60 762 699 2 64 8 2 7.0 L G " L D E DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 0

STRUTURE TTHMENTS SINGLE PLTE Figure 8E Figure 8T Figure 8 (Rod Tapped Electro-Galvanized) (Rod Tapped opper Finish) (Rod Tapped Plain Finish) The Figure 8 is designed for attaching a rod to a wooden member. This part is normally used in conjunction with our Figure 8 Split Ring. Material: Malleable Iron. Figure 8SE and 8ST are arbon Steel. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For metric applications specify Figure M8E, M8T or M8. SINGLE PLTE Figure 8SE (Rod Tapped, Steel Electro-Galvanized) Figure 8ST (Rod Tapped, Steel opper Finish) The Figure 8 is designed for attaching a rod to a wooden member. This part is normally used in conjunction with our Figure 8 Split Ring. Material: arbon Steel. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For metric applications specify Figure M8SE or M8ST. ROD TP TP E FIGURE 8E ND FIGURE 8 SINGLE PLTE ROD MX WGT. TP LOD EH 8 80 2 4 2 0.9 M0 80 6 0.09 2 80 2 4 2 0.8 M2 80 6 0.08 FIGURE 8SE ND FIGURE 8ST SINGLE PLTE ROD MX WGT. TP LOD E EH 8 80 4 4 0.7 M0 80 44 6 0.08 FIGURE 8T SINGLE PLTE ROD MX WGT. TP LOD EH 8 80 2 4 2 0.9 M0 80 6 0.09 2 80 2 4 2 0.8 M2 80 6 0.08 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 06

STRUTURE TTHMENTS FEMLE EILING MOUNT OLT Figure 04F The Figure 04F is designed for rod attachment directly into the ceiling from overhead poured concrete. Loads are based upon 00 psi concrete and 80 psi bond stress. Material: arbon Steel, Stainless Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M04F. MLE EILING MOUNT OLT Figure 04M The Figure 04M is designed for rod attachment using a rod coupling like our Figure 2 from overhead poured concrete ceilings. Loads are based upon 00 psi concrete and 80 psi bond stress. Material: arbon Steel, Stainless Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M04M. X WSHER PLTE /6"o/ NILING HOLES X WSHER PLTE /6"o/ NILING HOLES 2" (THRED) 4" FIGURE 04F FEMLE EILING MOUNT OLT ROD SIZE MX WEIGHT LOD EH 8 60 4 8 0.80 M0 274 0 0.6 2 0 4 4 0.9 M2 027 08 0.42 8 80 4 6.6 M6 802 2 0.7 4 270 8 2.7 M20 20 0.08 7 8 770 6. M20 6770 2.6 4960 6 6 4.08 M24 22064 4.8 4 8000 7 8 7.0 M0 87 87. 2 60 8 4 0.8 M6 7 222 4.62 NOTE: Spacing of these items should not be less than twice Dimension from the centerline. Minimum distance from centerline to the edge of the concrete is Dimension FIGURE 04M MLE EILING MOUNT OLT ROD SIZE MX WEIGHT LOD EH 8 60 4 2 0.90 M0 274 4 0.4 2 080 4 8. M2 4804 7 0.2 8 600 8.9 M6 77 4 0.87 4 900 4 2.88 M20 842 46. 7 8 200 6 4 4. M20 2 7.88 2800 7 4.98 M24 246 78 2.26 4 700 8 4 8.04 M0 649 20.6 NOTE: Spacing of these items should not be less than twice Dimension from the centerline. Minimum distance from centerline to the edge of the concrete is Dimension DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 07

STRUTURE TTHMENTS MLLELE ONRETE INSERT Figure 08 ONRETE INSERT NUT Figure 08N The Malleable oncrete Insert is used for supporting pipe lines up to 2" diameter and where it is desired to install the supporting rods after the insert has been set. Lateral adjustments of 6 inches on rod sizes of 8 inch to 4 inches and 8 inches on 7 8 inch rod size. The nut is not included but can be ordered separately as our Figure 08N and furnished tapped for 8, 2, 8, 4, or 7 8 inch rod diameters. Material: Malleable Iron ompliance: --92 Type 8 and MSS-SP69 Type 8. Finish: Figure 08: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized; Figure 08N: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number and finish for Figure 08. Specify rod tap size, figure number and finish for Figure 08N. For Metric applications specify Figure M08 and M08N. FIGURE 08 MLLELE ONRETE INSERT WGT. D E EH 8 2 6 8 7 8 6. 86 6 86 48 24 0.9 FIGURE 08N ONRETE INSERT NUT 8 2 SIZE M0 M2 M6 M20 M20 MX. 60 0 40 40 40 LOD 274 027 07 07 07 WGT. 0.20 0.2 0.20 0.22 0.2 EH 0.09 0.0 0.09 0.0 0.0 8 4 7 8 D ROD TP E FIGURE 08 FIGURE 08N DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 08

STRUTURE TTHMENTS WELDED EM TTHMENT Figure Figure Figure is recommended for attachment to the bottom of beams when little or no pipe movement is expected. Figure is recommended for attachment to the bottom of beams, when pipe movement is expected. bolt & nut or pin is supplied. pin with cotters is normally supplied for rod sizes over ". ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 22, MSS SP-69 Type 22 and SPSS-S974. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify Figure No., rod size and finish. For Metric applications specify M or M. E ROD SIZE E R S L L FIG S T L H FIG FOR ROD SIZES 2" ND LRGER FIGURE WELDED EM TTHMENT MX LOD OLT ROD TKEOUT WEIGHT EH ROD 60 F OR FIG FIG H R S T FIG FIG SIZE 4 PIN SIZE E E W/O &N W &N 8 60 2 2 2 7 8 7 8 2 9 6 7 8 4 4 0.96.20 M0 274 M2 7 48 4 22 2 6 0.44 0.4 2 0 8 2 2 7 8 4 2 6 7 8 4 4 0.96.20 M2 027 M6 7 44 7 22 2 6 0.44 0.4 8 80 4 2 2 7 8 4 2 6 7 8 4 4 0.96.60 M6 802 M20 7 44 2 22 2 6 0.44 0.7 4 270 7 8 2 2 8 8 2 6 8 2 8.90 2.80 M20 20 M20 64 79 29 24 29 8 0 0.86.27 7 8 770 2 2 4 4 2 8 8 4 2 8 2.0.90 M20 6770 M24 64 08 67 76 29 2 0..77 4960 8 4 2 2 4 2 2 4.0 6.0 M24 22064 M0 76 4 76 89 2 8 76.9 2.86 4 8000 8 4 2 2 2 8 8.0 0.20 M0 87 M6 02 27 76 8 76 6.67 4.6 2 600 8 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 4.60 9.00 M6 60 M42 27 40 64 02 44 64 89 9 7.08 8.62 4 700 7 8 7 4 2 4 2 2 4 4 4 8.70 24.20 M42 69840 M48 27 97 70 27 70 9 9 8.48 0.98 2 20700 2 4 6 8 4 N/ 2 8 4 2 2 N/ 0.60 M48 92082 M6 2 20 N/ 27 60 8 89 N/.88 2 4 27200 2 2 6 9 4 N/ 6 4 2 8 2 2 8 N/ 6.80 M6 20996 M64 2 248 N/ 9 67 89 89 6 N/ 6.69 2 2 00 2 2 6 9 4 N/ 6 4 2 7 8 4 4 8 N/ 9.70 M64 4902 M64 2 248 N/ 9 7 9 9 6 N/ 8.0 2 4 480 6 9 4 N/ 4 8 4 4 8 N/ 9.70 M72 84964 M80 2 248 N/ 46 79 02 9 6 N/ 8.0 080 4 7 0 4 N/ 6 4 8 4 4 8 N/ 49.00 M80 22000 M80 78 260 N/ 9 86 02 9 6 N/ 22.2 4 7280 2 7 2 N/ 7 8 4 2 4 4 4 N/ 67.60 M80 7082 M90 78 292 N/ 78 92 4 08 9 N/ 0.66 2 7280 4 8 2 N/ 7 2 7 8 4 2 4 4 4 N/ 79.0 M90 7082 M90 20 0 N/ 9 98 4 08 9 N/.97 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 09

STRUTURE TTHMENTS HEVY WELDED STEEL RKET Figure 9 The Figure 9 is designed to support pipe from either above or below. Slotted construction allows for drop rod use along the length of the bracket. This bracket is for bolted installation to walls and may require a backing plate. Special steel brackets can be fabricated to customers loads and/or dimensions. ompliance: --92 Type, MSS-SP 69 Type. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M9. H L G F K " ONE OLT HOLE IN SIZE 0 RKET L D /2" E J FIGURE 9 HEVY WELDED STEEL RKET MX WGT SIZE LOD D E F G H J K L EH 0 000 2 8 4 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 4 N 6 2. 0 4 0 47 87 8 70 4 8 6 N 2.4 000 8 24 2 8 2 2 4 2 2 8 2 4 6 44.8 4 47 60 4 8 70 27 8 0 70 2 20. 2 000 24 0 27 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 8 2 2 6 60.7 2 4 60 762 699 8 70 27 8 64 0 64 27 27. 000 0 6 4 8 6 2 2 2 8 2 2 6 98. 4 762 94 84 4 76 2 64 0 64 27 44. 4 000 6 42 9 2 6 2 2 8 2 6 29.4 4 4 94 067 99 8 76 2 89 0 89 27 8.7 000 42 0 46 2 2 7 2 2 2 8 2 6 77.2 4 067 270 68 8 89 78 64 89 0 89 27 80.4 METL DEK EILING OLT Figure 4 The Figure 4 Metal Deck eiling olts are used with our Figure 2. Rod ouplings ordered separately. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel /4" Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, dimension, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M4. 6" FIG. 4 METL DEK EILING OLT SIZE NO. MX. LOD ( ) 8 60 0 2 274 2 2 4 S 0 2 2 P 027 8 2 E 80 6 8 802 4 4 4 I 270 4 9 44 F 20 7 8 2 Y 770 22 6770 6 2 4 4960 6 2 7 22064 ( ) ased on the rod size. customer to verify the strength of the deck. 0

STRUTURE TTHMENTS STEEL RKET Figure 0 The Figure 0 bracket is for light duty applications. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M0. G FIGURE 0 STEEL RKET SIZE WGT. NO. D G EH 2 8 2 9 6 8. 0 47 0 4 76 8.0 2 8 24 8 9 6 0.4 2 47 60 47 4 76.8 24 0 24 6 4.8 60 762 60 7 76 20.8 4 0 6 0 6 6.6 4 762 94 762 7 76 28.8 6 42 6 6 9.8 94 067 94 2 76 42. D (TYP.) EILING STIRRUP Figure The Figure is designed for attaching a rod to a level ceiling or beam. Material: Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M. D E G FIGURE MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE LOD D E G EH 600 2 2 4 2 2 4 9 6 9 6 0.76 2669 40 4 7 4 4 0.4 2 880 6 2 8 4 2 2 8 6 9 6.6 2 9 2 4 4 4 7 4 0.62 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

STRUTURE TTHMENTS RETURN LINE NGLE Figure 2 The Figure 2 is designed for dropping a rod down from a wall connection. Two different distances from the wall to centerline of pipe are available depending upon the orientation of the angle. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M2. D G G FIGURE 2 RETURN LINE NGLE SIZE MXIMUM LOD D G WEIGHT EH 80 8 2 8 2 9 6 0. 80 92 67 76 4 0.24 2 80 4 8 8 4 9 6 0.7 2 80 7 92 76 02 4 0.2 90 8 2 8 2 9 6 0.92 7 92 67 76 4 0.42 4 90 4 8 8 4 9 6.2 4 7 7 92 76 02 4 0.6 SIDE EM ONNETOR Figure (Rod Tapped Electro-Galvanized or Painted) Figure S (Rod Tapped, Steel Electro-Galvanized) ( 8" Size Only) Made in U.S.. The Figure is designed for use on buildings of wood construction. They can be secured to the side of beams or joists by means of our Figure 66 Drive Screws (ordered separately). Material: Malleable Iron, except Figure S which is carbon steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M, MS. FIGURE FIGURE SIDE EM ONNETOR MX WGT. SIZE LOD EH 8 ROD 20 2 8 9 6 4 0. M0 ROD 2 60 4 9 0.06 2 ROD 480 2 4 4 4 0.2 M2 ROD 2 70 9 9 0. 4 PIPE 20 2 4 4 4 0.2 M8 PIPE 2 70 9 9 0. FIGURE S SIDE EM ONNETOR MX WGT. SIZE LOD EH 8 ROD 20 2 2 9 6 0. M0 ROD 2 64 4 2 0.07 FIGURE S 2

STRUTURE TTHMENTS NHOR OLT Figure 77 The Figure 77 is designed to be embedded into concrete. Made special to customer order. re available in other diameters and lengths. Material: arbon Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro- Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, thread length E, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M77. D E FIGURE 77 NHOR OLT ROD WEIGHT EH SIZE LENGTH - DIMENSION D 6 8 0 2 8 0.28 0.4 0.40 0.46 M0 0. 0. 0.8 0.2 2 0.2 0.6 0.74 0.8 M2 0.24 0.29 0.4 0.9 8 0.8 0.99.6.4 M6 0.7 0.4 0. 0.6 4.9.44.69.94 M20 0.4 0.6 0.77 0.88 7 8..9 2.2 2.60 M20 0.68 0.86.00.8 2.0 2.4 2.9.0 M24 0.9.09.2.0 WELDING LEVIS TTHMENT Figure 26 The Figure 26 is an assembly of the Figure 220 and Figure 276P for ordering convenience. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M26. E F FIGURE 26 WELDING LEVIS TTHMENT ROD WGT. SIZE E EE F EH 2 2 2 6 2 4 4.7 M2 64 76 6 08 0.7 8 2 2 6 2 4 4.6 M6 64 76 6 08 0.7 4 2 2 7 4 4 4.0 M20 64 76 78 08.8 7 8 2 2 7 4 4 4.4 M20 64 76 78 08 2.0 8 4 2 6.7 M24 76 76 20 4.0 4 4 4 9 6 9.2 M0 02 02 229 2 4.2 2 4 2 0 2 7 4.9 M6 27 4 267 78 6.8 4 4 2 0 2 7 9.2 M42 27 4 267 78 8.7 2 6 4 2 2 7 2 0. M48 2 4 292 9.8 2 4 6 4 2 2 2 7 2 42.7 M6 2 4 8 9 9.4 2 2 8 4 2 2 2 8 2. M64 20 4 8 26 2.4 EE DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

STRUTURE TTHMENTS WELDING LUG Figure 220 The Figure 220 is to be welded to the underside of structural members for the support of Type Variable Springs, and with the Figure 276P Forged Steel levis with Pin. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and size. For Metric applications specify Figure M220. F E D /2 G FIGURE 220 WELDING LUG ROD OLT OR MXIMUM WEIGHT SIZE PIN SIZE LOD D E F G H EH 2 8 0 2 2 4 4 4 4 6 0.7 2 M6 027 64 2 76 08 6 7 0.4 8 4 80 2 2 4 4 4 4 6 0.68 6 M20 802 64 2 76 08 6 2 0. 4 7 8 270 2 2 4 4 4 8 6.00 20 M20 20 64 2 76 08 0 24 0.4 7 8 770 2 2 4 4 4 8 8 0.98 20 M24 6770 64 2 76 08 0 29 0.44 8 4960 2 4 2 2 4.60 24 M0 22064 76 8 76 4 2 0.7 4 8 8000 4 2 4 6 8 2.70 0 M6 87 02 02 2 6 8.68 2 8 60 2 2 4 2 7 4 4 6.40 6 M42 7 27 64 4 78 9 44 2.90 4 7 8 700 2 2 4 2 7 4 2 6.0 42 M48 69840 27 64 4 78 9 2.86 2 2 4 2060 6 4 2 7 2 4 2 8 7.20 48 M6 9770 2 76 4 9 9 60.27 2 4 2 2 2000 6 4 2 7 2 4 2 8 7.60 6 M64 02 2 76 4 9 9 67.4 2 2 2 4 000 8 4 4 2 8 2 2 7 8.0 64 M72 676 20 02 4 26 2 7 7.0 2 4 4600 8 4 4 2 8 2 8.0 72 M80 80 20 02 4 26 2 79 6.8 4 000 8 4 9 8 6.00 80 M80 224644 20 02 27 229 2 86 7.26 4 2 6000 9 4 2 9 2 8 8.90 80 M90 26928 229 4 27 24 2 92 8.7 2 4 700 9 4 2 6 0 2 2 7 8.0 90 M00 77 229 4 2 267 8 98 4.20 4 4 82900 9 6 4 4 8.90 00 M2 68772 229 27 2 279 44 0 6.28 H DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 4

STRUTURE TTHMENTS SIDE EM NGLE RKET Figure 0 The Figure 0 is designed for use in supporting pipe hangers to the side of joist, steel, or wood beams. It can be either bolted or welded to the structure. Material: arbon Steel. ompliance: --92 Type 4 and MSS-SP-69 Type 4. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M0. E D FIGURE 0 SIDE EM RKET MXIMUM LOD ROD LG OLT WEIGHT SIZE SREW TO STEEL D E EH 8 90 80 7 8 4 4 0.2 M0 7 280 22 2 2 0. 2 640 960 6 8 2 0.40 M2 2847 4270 0 4 8 0.8 8 760 00 7 6 7 8 2 0.70 M6 8 667 7 48 8 0.2 4 80 200 6 2 8 2.07 M20 692 2 4 4 0.49 7 8 80 600 2 2 2 2.64 M20 692 604 64 0.74 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

STRUTURE TTHMENTS HNNEL SSEMLY Figure 7 The Figure 7 hannel ssembly is composed of two channels back to back with a spacer welded on each end. Washer plates are included and shipped loose. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify channel size, rod diameter, dimension, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M7. Made special to customer order. 4 PLTES SHIPPED LOOSE FIGURE 7 HNNEL SSEMLY LLOWLE ONENTRTED LOD T ENTER OF SPN F/S HNNEL 2 8 24 0 6 42 60 72 SIZE 0 47 60 762 94 067 24 829 4. 0000 6800 00 400 400 2900 2000 700 44484 0249 22687 828 2 2900 8897 762 4.4 700 600 8800 7000 800 000 00 2900 77847 60 946 9 280 22242 69 2900 6.7 27600 8400 800 000 9200 7900 00 4600 22776 88 688 4892 4092 42 24466 2046 6 8.2 900 2600 9800 800 200 00 7900 6600 772 699 88078 7028 879 0267 42 299 8. 7400 49600 700 29800 24800 200 4900 2400 406 22064 692 262 020 947 6628 60 2 20.7 9800 78800 6600 600 9400 2800 4867 04 298 2044 7267 4907 NGLE IRON SUPPORT Figure 74 The Figure 74 ngle Iron Support is used to form a trapeze when supporting more than one pipeline at the same time. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size of angle, dimension, center to center of drop rods, size of drop rods, figure number and finish. Made special to customer order. For Metric applications specify Figure M74. FIGURE 74 NGLE IRON SUPPORT LLOWLE ONENTRTED LOD T ENTER OF SPN NGLE 6 2 8 24 0 6 42 48 72 SIZE 2 0 47 60 762 94 067 29 829 X X 4 670 0 220 60 0 00 2980 468 979 72 78 44 2 X 2 X 4 000 00 0 20 200 4448 2224 7 2 890 2 X 2 X 4 940 470 980 70 80 480 40 22 860 69 49 247 280 2 824 79 00 2 X 2 X 8 270 0 92 77 0 22 600 4 448 2447 2 2 X 2 2 X 4 980 800 70 70 9 77 660 7 70 8808 8007 6984 20 49 448 296 28 646 X X 4 840 740 640 0 70 40 970 84 4 88 7740 729 689 6094 07 4 79 2424 X X 2 40 292 27 70 9 02 967 778 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 6

STRUTURE TTHMENTS STEEL ONRETE INSERT Figure 60 Designed to provide a connection point for hanger rods in concrete the Figure 60 must installed in place prior to building concrete being poured. It can accommodate a large variety of rod sizes by selecting and ordering the Figure 60N separately. For lighter loads our Figure 7 is also available. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 (Type 8), MSS SP-69 (Type 8). Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M60. ONRETE INSERT NUT Figure 60N Designed for use with Figure 60 Steel oncrete Insert. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M60N. FIGURE 60 STEEL ONRETE INSERT FIGURE 60N ONRETE INSERT NUT ROD MXIMUM WEIGHT EH SIZE LOD E INSERT NUT 8 60 4 8 2 6 8 8 0.82 0. M0 274 9 79 79 0.7 0.06 2 0 4 8 2 6 8 8 0.86 0. M2 027 9 79 79 0.9 0.07 8 200 4 8 2 6 8 8 0.89 0.9 M6 8 9 79 79 0.40 0.09 4 200 4 8 2 6 8 8 0.86 0.22 M20 8 9 79 79 0.9 0.0 7 8 200 4 8 2 7 2 2 6 8 0.9 0.24 M20 8 0 6 7 79 0.42 0. Maximum Load Rating is dependant upon the selected nut size used. E 2" /4 /4" DJUSTMENT DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 7

STRUTURE TTHMENTS ONRETE TTHMENT Figure 020 ONFIGURTION TYPE W T J Kw J J KL J The Figure 020 Type is for attaching support assemblies to concrete structures where little or no movement is anticipated. Used with a Fig Threaded Rod or Figure 94 ll Thread Rod. The Figure 020 Type 2 is for attaching support assemblies to concrete structures where movement is anticipated. Used with a Fig 279 Weldless Eyenut or Figure 9 Welded Eyerod. two-anchor pattern is used on sizes 8" thru 8" and all others use four anchors. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro- Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and rod size. For Metric applications specify Figure M020 Type or Type 2. Made special to customer order. E 2 NHOR DESIGN ONFIGURTION TYPE 2 W T 4 NHOR DESIGN J Kw J H J KL J 2 NHOR DESIGN P E 4 NHOR DESIGN H FIGURE 020 ONRETE TTHMENT WGT WGT ROD MX E E H* P J K L K W T W EH EH SIZE LOD W/PIN W/O PIN 8 60 2 8 2 4 2 2 4 N/ 4 4 2.8 2.7 M0 274 4 7 2 02 N/ 6 02..2 2 0 2 8 2 8 8 8 N/ 8 4 4..9 M2 027 4 60 6 6 2 27 N/ 0 02.9.8 8 80 2 4 2 2 4 4 6 N/ 2 4.8. M6 802 7 64 9 9 2 2 N/ 02 2.6 2. 4 270 2 8 2 8 8 7 8 8 N/ 7.7 7. M20 20 4 60 6 22 2 27 27 0 N/..2 7 8 770 8 8 7 8 4 6 2 7 8 N/ 9.8 8.6 M20 6770 86 92 22 2 2 6 6 6 N/ 9.0 8.4 4960 8 8 7 8 8 4 6 2 7 8 N/ 9.8 8.6 M24 22064 86 92 22 29 2 6 6 6 N/ 9.0 8.4 4 8000 8 4 8 2 8 8 4 N/ 4.0 8.7 M0 87 92 9 2 20 20 9 N/ 8.6 7.6 2 60 8 8 2 8 8 N/ 60.0 6.4 M6 7 27 27 29 4 20 20 2 N/ 27.2 2.6 4 700 6 4 6 4 8 2 2 0 0 4 N/ 9.6 88.0 M42 69840 9 9 24 24 2 N/ 42. 9.9 2 20700 6 2 6 4 8 2 4 2 0 0 4 N/ 00.0 92.0 M48 92082 6 9 7 24 24 2 N/ 4.4 4.7 * Holes are 8" larger than recommended anchor bolt diameter to allow for installation tolerance. LIGHT DUTY ONRETE TTHMENT Figure 020LD The Figure 020LD is similar in design and function to the Figure 020, but is intended where smaller loads will be imposed. ontact your local arpenter & Paterson Sales Office for more details. 8

STRUTURE TTHMENTS ONRETE SINGLE LUG PLTE Figure 022 The Figure 022 is for attachment to a concrete structure where movement is anticipated. two-anchor pattern is used on sizes 8" thru 8" and all others use four anchors. Used with the Figure 276 Forged Steel levis and Type variable springs. Material arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and rod size. For Metric applications specify Figure M022. WP TP J HL L/2 L/2 WL TL HP E R KW WP /2 KL L TWO NHORS ONLY FOR SIZES /8" THRU /8" FIGURE 022 ONRETE SINGLE LUG PLTE ROD MX WGT SIZE LOD E HL HP J KL KW L R TP TL WP WL EH 8 60 4 2 2 4-6 4 4 4 4 2 2.6 M0 027 44 2 02 2 2 6 6 02 64. 2 0 7 8 8 8-7 4 8 4 4 2 2.6 M2 027 48 6 6 2 27 78 2 0 6 02 64. 8 80 2 4 4 6-8 4 2 4 4 2 2.6 M6 802 9 9 2 2 20 2 6 02 64. 4 270 2 4 7 8 8 7 4 2 8 7 2 2 2.0 M20 20 7 22 6 2 27 27 78 2 0 78 64.4 7 8 770 7 8 6 2 6 2 8 2 2 4 8 9 22.0 M20 6770 76 2 22 2 6 6 26 8 9 0 229 76 0.0 4960 8 7 8 4 8 8 0 2 2 4 2 9.9 M24 22064 76 29 22 2 20 20 267 8 9 229 76 4. 4 8000 4 8 2 8 8 2 2 8 2 4 4.8 M0 87 02 2 20 20 0 2 6 0 02 9.9 2 60 4 4 8 8 2 8 8 2 2 2 4 2 4.6 M6 7 08 4 29 20 20 0 64 2 9 0 27 20.7 4 700 4 2 7 8 8 2 8 8 2 2 2 4 4 2.7 M42 69840 4 48 20 20 0 64 2 9 0 27 2. 2 20700 4 2 4 8 2 8 8 2 4 4 2 6 8.2 M48 92082 7 20 20 0 76 2 9 0 2 26.4 J DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 9

RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS EYE SOKET Figure 2 Figure 2T (opper Finish) The Figure 2 is designed for attaching a rod to split ring type clamps. Figure 2T is only available in /4", /8", and /2" rod sizes. Material: Malleable Iron. ompliance: Federal Specification WW-H-7E Type 6, MSS-SP-69 (Type 6). Finish: Plain, opper. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M2 or M2T. FIGURE 2 EYE SOKET ROD MX MX WEIGHT SIZE LOD E EH 4 240 4 8 0.08 M6 068 M6 0.04 8 60 4 8 0.08 M0 274 M6 0.04 2 000 4 9 6 0. M2 4448 M6 40 0.0 8 400 8 4 0.22 M6 6228 M0 44 0.0 4 2200 2 2 4 0.0 M20 9786 M2 7 0.4 7 8 200 2 2 7 6 0.2 M20 02 M2 62 0. ROD SIZE E FIGURE 2T EYE SOKET ROD MX MX WEIGHT SIZE LOD SIZE EH 4 240 8 4 0.08 M6 068 M6 0.04 8 60 8 4 0.08 M0 274 M6 0.04 2 000 9 6 4 0. M2 4448 40 M6 0.0 "" MX DI. LG ROD Figure 28 The Figure 28 is designed for a vertical rod connection to wood. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod diameter, rod length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M28. L FIGURE 28 LG ROD WEIGHT EH ROD MINIMUM LENGTH LENGTH - DIMENSION L SIZE MXIMUM MHINE OH 4 6 8 0 2 LOD 4 2 20 24 6 8 90 2 2 2 0.2 0.9 0.2 0. 0.7 M0 7 64 0.0 0.09 0. 0.4 0.7 2 640 2 2 2 0.22 0.4 0.44 0.6 0.67 M2 2847 64 0.0 0. 0.20 0.2 0.0 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 20

RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS MHINE THRED EYE ROD Figure (Right Hand Threads) Figure L (Left Hand Threads) The Figure is designed to permit swing in the attachment component due to pipe movement. The inside diameter of the eye is 8" larger than the rod diameter for rod sizes up to 2" while the inside diameter for larger size rods will be 4" greater. The eye is not welded. The Figure 9 Welded Eye Rod is available for higher load requirements. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Temperature: 60 F / 4 Maximum. Ordering: Specify rod size, rod length, thread length, (if other than standard), figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M or ML. Larger rod diameters are available upon request. SPEIFY D FIGURE MHINE THREDED EYE ROD 8 2 8 4 7 8 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 M0 M2 M6 M20 M20 M24 M0 M6 M42 M48 M6 M64 4 7 8 8 4 8 8 7 8 2 2 2 4 4 9 22 2 29 2 4 48 64 70 76 8 D 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 6 6 6 6 6 64 64 64 76 89 02 27 2 2 2 2 2 LOD T 240 440 70 00 470 940 70 460 680 8280 0900 400 60 F / 4 068 97 6 467 69 860 40 20684 2880 68 4848 9606 HNGER DJUSTER Figure 8 Figure 8T (opper Finish) The Figure 8 is an economical alternative to using turnbuckles for vertical piping adjustment with our Figure 4 Hinge Hanger. Figure 8T is available in /8" and /2" rod sizes only. Material: Malleable Iron. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP-69 Type. Finish: Plain, opper. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M8 or Figure M8T. FIGURE 8 HNGER DJUSTER ROD MX WEIGHT SIZE LOD EH 4 20 2 2 4 7 2 0.09 M6 02 64 2 6 0.04 8 60 6 7 8 2 0.28 M0 274 97 48 0 0. 2 70 6 6 2 0. M2 8 97 46 0 0.4 8 70 4 7 8 2 6 2 0.72 M6 8 24 9 0. 4 860 4 6 2 6 9 6 0.70 M20 826 2 9 4 0.2 FIG. 8T HNGER DJUSTER FOR OPPER TUING ROD MX WEIGHT SIZE LOD EH 8 60 6 7 8 2 0.28 M0 274 97 48 0 0. 2 70 6 6 2 0. M2 8 97 46 0 0.4 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 2

RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS WELDED EYEROD Figure 9 (Right Hand Threads) Figure 9L (Left Hand Threads) Welded Eyerods are designed to permit swing in the attachment component due to pipe movement. Material: arbon Steel. Larger rod diameters over 2 2", special materials, and special eye dimensions can be furnished upon request. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, rod size, rod length, and thread length if other than standard. For Metric applications specify M9 or M9L. SPEIFY D FIGURE 9, 9L WELDED EYEROD 8 2 8 4 8 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 M0 M2 M6 M20 M20 M24 M0 M6 M42 M48 M6 M64 4 8 8 4 8 8 7 8 2 2 2 4 4 9 22 2 29 2 4 48 64 70 76 8 THRED 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 LENGTH (D) 76 76 76 76 02 02 02 2 2 2 2 2 LOD T 60 0 80 270 770 4960 8000 60 700 20700 27200 00 60 F / 4 27 026 80 20 6770 2206 86 7 6987 92078 2099 490 LOD T 40 00 60 2420 60 4420 740 070 4000 8460 24260 29880 70 F / 99 2402 449 762 076 4946 966 760 4628 6227 824 079 292 STEEL REDUING ROD OUPLING Figure 2R Figure 2R is used to reduce rod sizes. oupling are made of carbon steel to step up or down one rod size. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M2R. FIGURE 2R REDUING ROD OUPLING ROD SIZE MXIMUM LOD L WEIGHT EH 8 x 2 60 4 0.2 M0 x M2 274 2 0.0 2 x 8 0 4 0.6 M2 x M6 027 2 0.07 8 x 4 80 2 0.20 M6 x M20 802 8 0.09 4 x 7 8 270 4 0. M20 x M20 20 44 0.4 L DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 22

RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS STEEL ROD OUPLING Figure 2 Figure 2W Figure 2 is used to connect rods up to 2 inch diameter. The Rod oupling is made of carbon steel and can be welded to the rod after assembly. The Figure 2W has a sight hole mid length to allow for determining depth of thread engagement. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and rod size. For Metric applications specify Figure M2 or M2W. FIGURE 2, 2W ROD OUPLING ROD SIZE MXIMUM WEIGHT LOD L EH 4 240 7 8 0.02 M6 068 22 0.0 8 60 4 0.08 M0 274 44 0.04 2 0 4 0.2 M2 027 44 0.0 8 80 2 8 0.7 M6 802 4 0.08 4 270 2 4 0.28 M20 20 7 0. 7 8 770 2 4 0.44 M20 6770 7 0.20 40 2 4 0.72 M24 846 70 0. 4 6660 4.4 M0 29626 8 0.64 2 7000 4.96 M6 9 02 0.89 SIGHT HOLE L FIGURE 2 L FIGURE 2W (SIZES 8" THROUGH ") LL-THRED HNGER ROD Figure 94 Figure 94SS This product has a standard rolled thread running its entire length. It is particularly useful when exact rod lengths are questionable. Material: Figure 94 is made of carbon steel while Figure 94SS is available in either 04 or 6 stainless steel. vailable in precut six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. an be cut to suit customer need upon request. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, or Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, rod size, and length. For Metric applications specify Figure M94 or M94SS. SPEIFY FIGURE 94 LL-THRED HNGER ROD DIMETER MXIMUM WEIGHT LOD* PER FOOT 8 60 0.0 M0 274 0.4 2 0 0. M2 027 0.24 8 80 0.84 M6 802 0.8 4 270.20 M20 20 0.4 7 8 700.70 M20 649 0.77 4960 2.0 M24 22064.04 4 8000.60 M0 87.6 2 600.0 M6 60 2. * For carbon steel only DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 2

RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS MHINE THRED RODS Figure (Right Hand Threads oth Ends) Figure L (Right Hand and Left Hand Thread) Furnished with UN threads this product is made from carbon steel. Maximum loads given are rated for up to 60 F (4 ). Material: arbon Steel (Stainless Steel is vailable). Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify material if other than carbon steel, figure number, finish, rod diameter, and length, and thread length if other than standard. For Metric applications specify M or ML. THD (SPEIFY) THD FIGURE, L MHINE THRED RODS DIMETER THRED LOD T LENGTH 60 F / 4 8 60 M0 76 27 2 0 M2 76 026 8 80 M6 76 80 4 270 M20 76 20 7 8 4 770 M20 02 6770 4 4960 M24 02 2206 4 4 8000 M0 02 86 2 6 60 M6 2 7 4 6 700 M42 2 6987 2 6 20700 M48 2 92078 2 4 6 27200 M6 2 2099 2 2 6 00 M64 2 490 2 4 6 480 M72 2 8496 6 080 M80 2 224990 4 6 60480 M80 2 269027 2 6 7280 M90 2 7068 4 6 82890 M9 2 687 4 6 9400 M00 2 4248 LIGHT DUTY WSHER PLTE Figure 02 The Figure 02 is a light duty alternative to our Figure 260. Primarily used at the ends of rods instead of rod washers to gain more bearing surface. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, size, rod size and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M02. FIGURE 02 LIGHT DUTY WSHER PLTE ROD SIZE WEIGHT EH 8 6 6 0 2 0.4 0.2 0.28 0.42 0.06 0.0 0. 0.9 2 2 0.44 0.66 64 0.20 0.0 0.2 0.48 0.64 0.9 76 0. 0.22 0.29 0.4 4 0.7 0.8..70 02 0.26 0.8 0. 0.77 0.89..77 2.66 27 0.40 0.60 0.80.2 6.28.9 2..8 2 0.8 0.87.6.74 4 8 /2 24

RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS TURNUKLE Figure 2 The Figure 2 is used to connect right and left hand threaded rods together and provide for adjustment. Material: Forged Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type, MSS-SP 69 Type, and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro- Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and rod size. For Metric applications specify M2. 6" " ROD TKE OUT FIGURE 2 TURNUKLE MXIMUM LOD ROD SIZE 60 F WEIGHT 4 EH 8 60 7 8 0.0 M0 274 8 0.4 2 0 7 2 0.60 M2 027 9 0.27 8 80 7 7 8.00 M6 802 200 0.4 4 270 8 4.20 M20 20 20 0.4 7 8 70 8 8.90 M20 499 29 0.86 4960 9 2.0 M24 22064 229. 4 8000 9 8.80 M0 87 22.72 2 60 9 4.70 M6 7 248 2.9 4 700 0 8 8.20 M42 69840 264.72 2 20700 4.20 M48 92082 279 6.44 2 4 27200 2 7 8 27.00 M6 20996 27 2.2 2 2 00 2.00 M64 4902 4 4.97 EXTENSION PIEE Figure 7 The Figure 7 is designed for attaching rods to the Figure 82 eam lamp and similar types of attachments. Material: Malleable Iron. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 0, MSS-SP-69 Type 0 when used with a Figure 82. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. Order Figure 82 separately, if required. For Metric applications specify Figure M7. H G FIGURE 7 EXTENSION PIEE ROD SIZE MX WEIGHT LOD G H EH 8 60 4 2 8 2 2 0.20 M0 274 2 4 0.09 2 0 8 2 8 8 2 0.40 M2 027 60 6 0.8 8 80 2 2 2 8 2 0.44 M6 802 8 64 6 0.20 4 270 4 2 7 8 8 2 0.6 M20 20 44 7 6 0.29 7 8 290 7 8 4 9 6 0.78 M20 2 48 76 9 4 0. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 2

RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS MLLELE ROD OUPLING Figure 67 REDUING ROD OUPLING Figure 67R The Figure 67 is tapped with a straight bolt thread tap. The Figure 67R is designed to reduce rod sizes. ouplings are made either to step up or down one rod size. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M67 or M67R. FIGURE 67 MLLELE ROD OUPLING ROD SIZE MXIMUM LOD L WEIGHT EH 4 20 8 0.0 M6 02 0.0 8 60 8 0.0 M0 274 4 0.0 2 0 2 8 0.8 M2 027 4 0.08 8 80 2 2 0.0 M6 802 64 0.4 4 270 2 8 0.44 M20 20 67 0.20 7 8 770 2 4 0.96 M20 6770 7 0.44 4960 2 4 0.94 M24 22064 70 0.4 FIGURE 67R MLLELE REDUING ROD OUPLING L ROD SIZE MXIMUM LOD L WEIGHT EH 8 x 4 20 8 0.0 M0 x M6 02 4 0.0 2 x 8 60 2 8 0.8 M2 x M0 274 4 0.08 8 x 4 80 2 2 0.44 M6 x M20 802 64 0.20 4 x 7 8 270 2 8 0.96 M20 x M20 20 67 0.44 ROUND HNGER ROD Figure 224 Unthreaded steel rod available in a variety of sizes for customer use. vailable in up to 20 foot lengths. Material: Low carbon steel. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M224. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 26

RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS WSHER PLTE Figure 260 This product is to be welded to back to back channels or angles for supporting pipe with rods or U-olts. Sufficient contact surface to the supporting structure must be made to develop maximum load capacity. Dimension should not be exceeded. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and rod size. For Metric applications specify Figure M260. D /2 /2 (MX.) EXISTING TYP. FIGURE 260 WSHER PLTE ROD MX HOLE WGT SIZE LOD D EH 8 60 2 4 7 6 0.6 M0 27 8 76 6 0.29 2 0 2 4 9 6 0.6 M2 026 8 76 6 4 0.28 8 80 2 8 6 0.9 M6 80 8 76 0 7 0.4 4 270 2 4 8 6.60 M20 20 02 0 2 0.7 7 8 770 2 4 2 6 2.7 M20 6770 02 24 0.98 4960 2 2 4 2 6 2. M24 2206 64 02 27 0.98 4 8000 2 8.28 M0 86 76 27.49 2 60 2 8 8 4.0 M6 7 89 27 6 4.84 4 700 2 8 2.88 M42 6987 89 27 6.76 2 20700 4 6 4 2 4 4.47 M48 92078 02 2 9 7 2.0 2 4 27200 4 6 4 2 2 6.62 M6 2099 02 2 9 64.00 2 2 00 4 2 6 4 2 4 6.40 M64 490 4 2 9 70 2.90 2 4 480 4 2 6 4 6.6 M72 8496 4 2 9 76 2.79 080 4 2 6 4 4.89 M80 224990 4 2 9 8 2.67 4 60480 4 2 6 4 2.6 M80 269027 4 2 9 89 2.2 2 7280 7 4 4 8.07 M90 7068 27 78 9 9.66 4 82890 7 4 4 7.7 M9 687 27 78 9 02.2 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 27

RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS FORGED STEEL LEVIS Figure 276 Figure 276P The Figure 276 is used to connect rod ends with structural steel welding lug plates or lugs welded to pipe. It provides a pivot point and adjustment. It can be supplied with a pin as Fig 276P. Material: Forged Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 4, MSS-SP 69 Type 4, and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size, pin size, grip G and finish. For Metric applications specify M276 or M276P. E TKE OUT TP NOTE: PINS ND OTTER PINS SUPPLIED WHEN REQUESTED S FIG 276P FIGURE 276 FORGED STEEL LEVIS MX LOD PIN/ E ROD 60 F OLT TKE WGT SIZE 4 DI. OUT GRIP EH 8 60 2 2 2.00 M0 27 M2 89 0.4 2 0 8 2 8 0.90 M2 026 M6 89 6 0.4 8 80 4 2 8 0.90 M6 80 M20 89 6 0.4 4 270 7 8 4 4.00 M20 20 M20 02 24.6 7 8 770 4 7 8.40 M20 6770 M24 02 22.4 4960 8.0 M24 2206 M0 27 2 2. 4 8000 8 4.0 M0 86 M6 27 2 2.49 2 60 8 6 2 8.0 M6 7 M42 2 8.86 4 700 7 8 6 2 2.90 M42 6987 M48 2 8.8 2 20700 2 4 7 2 2 2.0 M48 92078 M6 78 64 0.7 2 4 27200 2 2 8 2 2.0 M6 2099 M64 20 64.92 2 2 00 2 4 8 2 2 6.00 M64 490 M72 20 64 6. dd Grip Dimension. GRIP FORGED WELDLESS EYENUT Figure 279 Figure 279L The Figure 279 is used to connect rod ends with structural steel welded beam attachments or pipe clamps as a substitute for a welded eyerod. It provides a pivot point and adjustment. It can also be supplied tapped left hand as Fig 279L. Material: Forged Steel. ompliance: Federal Specification --92 Type 7, MSS-SP 69 Type 7, and SPSS-S974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size and finish. For Metric applications specify M279 or M279L. F FIGURE 279 WELDLESS EYENUT MX ROD LOD TP 60 F WEIGHT 4 F G EH 8 60 2 0.6 M0 274 2 8 0.29 2 0 2 0.6 M2 027 2 8 0.29 8 80 2 0.62 M6 802 2 8 0.28 4 270 2 0.60 M20 20 2 8 0.27 7 8 770 8 2.70 M20 499 0.77 4960 4 2.70 M24 22064 44 0.77 4 8000 4 2 2.7 M0 87 44 64.70 2 60 4 2 2.0 M6 7 44 64.9 4 700 4 4 6.40 M42 69840 8 02 7.44 2 20700 4 4.90 M48 92082 8 02 7.2 2 4 27200 4 4.40 M6 20996 8 02 6.99 2 2 00 4 4 4.90 M64 4902 8 02 6.76 G L 28

RODS ND ROD TTHMENTS LINKED EYE RODS Figure 06 Figure 4 Eyes Welded Eyes Not Welded Linked Eye Rods allows for the movement of the lower rod where bending would be unacceptable. Unwelded eyes have a lower load rating. The inside diameter of the eye is 8" larger than the rod diameter for rod sizes up to 2" while the inside diameter for larger size rods will be 4" greater. oth rods will normally be furnished right hand tapped to lengths shown for our Figure 9 unless ordered special. Maximum Loads given are rated for up to 60 F (4.) Material: arbon Steel Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify rod diameter (), overall length (), length of each eyerod (D and ), and thread length (E) if other than standard, Figure Number and finish. For Metric applications specify M06 or M4. E E D FIGURE 06 ND 4 LINKED EYE RODS ROD SIZE MXIMUM LOD Figure 06 Figure 4 8 240 60 M0 068 274 2 440 0 M2 97 027 8 70 80 M6 6 802 4 00 270 M20 467 20 7 8 470 770 M20 69 6770 940 4960 M24 860 22064 4 20 8000 M0 879 87 2 460 60 M6 2068 7 4 680 700 M42 288 69840 2 8280 20700 M48 68 92082 2 4 0900 27200 M6 48488 20996 2 2 400 00 M64 9609 4902 MLE ND FEMLE SWING ROD FITTING Figure 70 The fitting is used when flexible movement of pipeline is required. The threaded stud portion can be installed into a concrete insert or bolted to flange of I beam, angle or channel. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M70. FIGURE 70 MLE ND FEMLE SWING ROD FITTING SIZE WEIGHT NO. EH /8 0.2 M0 0. 2 /2 0. 2 M2 0. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 29

FSTENERS FLTTENED END LG SREW Figure The Figure is normally used with perforated extension bar to support light duty loads from wooden structures. omes with bolt and nut. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M. FIGURE FLTTENED END LG SREW SIZE WEIGHT EH 4 6 0.04 M6 76 M 0.02 6 4 0.07 M8 76 M6 0.0 8 4 4 0.0 M0 02 M6 0.0 TOGGLE OLT Figure 9 The spring toggle bolt is the most popular hollow wall fastener used today. The wings are fitted with coil springs that open when inserted into the wall. Gravity is not a factor making it possible to be used in any position. Material: Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, diameter, and length. For Metric applications specify Figure M9. FIGURE 9 TOGGLE OLT WEIGHT SIZE DRILL SIZE EH 6 x 4 2 0.0 M x 02 M2 0.02 6 x 2 0.06 M x 27 M2 0.0 6 x 6 2 0.06 M x M2 0.0 4 x 4 8 0.08 M6 x 02 M6 0.04 4 x 8 0.09 M6 x 27 M6 0.04 4 x 6 8 0.0 M6 x M 0.0 8 x 4 7 8 0.9 M0 x 02 M20 0.09 8 x 7 8 0.22 M0 x 27 M20 0.0 8 x 6 7 8 0.24 M0 x M20 0. 2 x 4 4 0.2 M2 x M0 0. 2 x 4 0. M2 x 27 M0 0.6 2 x 6 4 0.40 M2 x M0 0.8 0

FSTENERS ROUND WSHER Figure 0 Figure 0E Figure 0G Figure 0S (arbon Steel Plain) (arbon Steel Electro-Galvanized) (arbon Steel Hot-Dip Galvanized) (Stainless Steel) ompliance: United States Standard. Material: arbon Steel or Stainless Steel (STM 240 Type 04 or Type 6). Finish: Plain, Electro-Plated, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, finish or grade of material. For Metric applications Specify Figure M0. Please see Figure 76 for Lock Washers. Fender Washers and Tooth Lock Washers are available upon request. FIGURE 0 ROUND WSHER I.D. O.D. OLT SIZE I.D. O.D. WGT. EH OLT SIZE I.D. O.D. WGT. EH 4 6 8 7 6 M6 M8 M0 M2 M2 M4 M6 6 8 7 6 2 8 0 4 6 7 4 8 2 4 9 2 2 2 8 44 0.0 0.02 0.02 0.0 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.04 0.09 0.09 0. 0.8 0.27 0.6 4 7 8 8 4 8 2 M20 M20 M24 M0 M0 M6 M6 6 6 6 4 8 2 8 2 24 27 2 8 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4 2 7 64 70 76 8 89 0. 0. 0.9 0.22 0.26 0.2 0.8 0.49 0.67 0.8 0.98.6.42.69 2 9 6 9 6 8 8 6 STEEL OH SREWS Figure 07 Figure 07 oach Screws are normally used on our Figures 0, 7, and 40 brackets. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify diameter, length, figure number, and finish. FIGURE 07 STEEL OH SREW WEIGHT EH Y DIMETER 4 LENGTH 6 0 6 2 0.02 0.060 8 0.00 0.027 2 0.028 0.070 0.44 0.22 0.0 0.02 0.06 0.0 2 2 0.0 0.08 0.62 0.270 64 0.0 0.08 0.07 0.22 0.09 0.098 0.86 0.0 76 0.08 0.044 0.084 0.4 2 0.044 0.4 0.22 0.48 89 0.020 0.02 0.096 0.8 4 0.00 0.2 0.2 0.76 02 0.02 0.07 0.06 0.7 0.06 0.4 0.290 0.4 27 0.029 0.070 0.2 0.206 6 0.074 0.8 0.40 0.0 2 0.04 0.08 0.4 0.240 8 2 8 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

FSTENERS HEX NUT Figure 6 HEVY HEX NUT Figure 6H Material is an STM -6 Grade (lloy and Stainless Steel grades are vailable). Sizes 4" and larger are only available as a Figure 6H. RH tap will be furnished. LH tap are special order. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify tap size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M6 or M6H. F W TP T FIGURE 6H HEVY HEX NUT TP MX WGT SIZE LOD F T W EH 8 60 6 8 6 0.0 M0 274 7 0 2 0.04 2 0 7 8 2 0.06 M2 027 22 2 0.00 8 770 6 8 4 0.9 M6 6770 27 6 2 0.04 4 270 4 4 7 6 0.9 M20 20 2 9 7 0.088 7 8 80 7 6 7 8 6 0.297 M20 802 7 22 4 0. 4960 8 7 8 0.42 M24 22064 4 2 48 0.9 4 8000 2 4 2 6 0.786 M0 87 2 9 0.7 2 60 2 8 2 2 4.0 M6 7 60 8 70 0.94 4 700 2 4 4 6 2.040 M42 69840 70 44 8 0.92 2 20700 8 2 8 2.990 M48 92082 79 92.6 2 4 27200 2 2 6 4 6 4.90 M6 20996 89 6 0.90 2 2 00 7 8 2 7 6 4 2.640 M64 4902 98 62 4 2.8 2 4 480 4 4 2 6 4 6 7.80 M72 84964 08 68 2.48 080 4 8 2 6 6 9.00 M80 22000 7 7 4.09 4 60480 6 4.940 M80 26909 27 8 46.46 2 7280 8 7 6 6 6.260 M90 7082 7 87 7 6.922 HEX HED OLT Figure 62 Hex head bolt with UN threads. Stocked for immediate shipment. Various lengths available. lso available in alloy (97), stainless steel (6 and 8-8), and high strength (2). Material: Low carbon steel Finish: Plain, Electro-galvanized, Hot-dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify diameter, length, thread length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M62. FIGURE 62 HEX HED OLT WEIGHT PER 00 DI.OF LENGTH OF OLT IN INHES OLT 2" 2 4" 2 2" 2 4" " 4" 2" 4" 4" " 8 6 8 40 42 44 46 48 0 2 60 4 7 60 62 6 68 7 74 77 80 92 7 8 86 90 94 99 0 07 8 27 8 4 48 8 6 69 90 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 2

FSTENERS STEEL DRIVE SREW Figure 66 Drive Screws are normally used on our Figure Side eam onnector. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M66. FIGURE 66 STEEL DRIVE SREW SIZE OF SREW WEIGHT EH 2" NO.2 0.0 2" NO.6 0.0 LOK WSHER Figure 76 Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M76. FIGURE 76 LOK WSHER ROD INSIDE WIDTH OF THIKNESS WEIGHT SIZE DIMETER STEEL OF STEEL EH 8 7 6 0.4 0.094 0.07 M0 4 2 0.0 2 9 6 0.7 0.2 0. M2 4 4 0.07 8 6 0.20 0.6 0.26 M6 7 4 0.2 4 6 0.24 0.88 0.4 M20 2 6 0.20 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS

FSTENERS DROP-IN TYPE ONRETE NHOR Figure 4 The Figure 4 is used for bolting components to concrete structures. The shell is slotted and internally threaded with a pre-assembled integral expander plug. WRNING: Recommended practices in sizing and application of concrete fasteners should be followed. Material: arbon Steel or Stainless Steel Finish: Plated Zinc on arbon Steel Ordering: Specify bolt diameter, embedment depth and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M4. FIGURE 4 DROP-IN TYPE ONRETE NHOR 4000 PSI ONRETE MINIMUM OLT SFE WORKING LOD EMEDMENT SIZE TENSION SHER DEPTH WGT 4" 90 00 0.0 M6 262 2 0.0 8" 90 62 8 0.07 M0 4226 2780 4 0.0 2" 460 87 2 0.2 M2 649 892 0.0 8" 260 8 2 2 0. M6 9609 66 64 0. 4" 270 920 6 0.49 M20 04 84 8 0.22 EMEDMENT LENGTH DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 4

FSTENERS WEDGE NHOR Figure 09 The Figure 09 is used for bolting components to concrete structures. llows for through drilling applications. INSTLLTION: Drill holes in concrete deeper than the required embedment. Drive the bolt into the hole so that at least six threads are below the top surface of the fixture. Tighten the nut with the washer in place. The resistance will increase after the third or fourth turn. NOTE: Loads listed are based on a safety factor of four when installed in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations. ontact us for higher loads are allowed due to increased embedment. Material: High Tensile Steel. (lso available Galvanized or Stainless Steel). Finish: Zinc Plated. Ordering: Specify figure number, diameter and length. For Metric applications specify Figure M09. TL L D (MIN) 4000 PSI MX ONRETE THKNSS SFE WORKING MIN. OF MT L T L OLT LOD L D(Embd) TO E DI. TENSION SHER FSTENED 4 44 0 4 90 40 2 4 8 7 8 8 6 7 2002 7 29 22 29 4 7 8 8 48 2 4 8 8 7 0 2 4 70 22 8 80 000 2 8 2 0 8 4448 76 8 29 8 4 7 8 9 48 8 27 79 2 4 70 4 9 2 2 0 72 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 600 767 08 7 8 7 2 2 4 40 70 7 4 4 78 08 2 89 4 4 7 8 08 22 8 27 4 8 2000 20 6 2 4 2 8 2 4 6 8897 879 2 70 67 70 7 8 78 92 8 2 8 26 0 0 6 8 24 68 4 4 4 08 6 4 4 2 9 2 2 40 8 6 4 2 4 9 7 4 200 400 7 4 2 9 2 2008 78 8 76 8 8 2 4 2 26 4 0 6 24 9 2 8 0 20 6 8 2 7 8 400 600 8 4 8 2 2 22 2 2802 20 9 86 64 0 8 24 7 6 2 2 200 700 9 4 2 2 2 2 2 22 84 229 4 89 64 2 6 2 0 6 4 6800 000 9 6 2 4 2 2 0249 4892 229 40 70 89 2 4 0 7 8 8 8 4

PIPE SLEEVE Figure 40 Used as a form to provide a penetration in walls for pipe or other services. Install by nailing to structure. overs are available on request. Other types of pipe sleeves e.g. waterproof, interlocking, etc. are available. Material: arbon Steel, 24 gauge, heavier gauges on request. Finish: Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify inside diameter, gauge thickness, length, and figure number. SPRING HNGER Figure 99 Designed to provide an economical means to support low pipe loads with vertical movement. In selecting the correct spring size consideration should be given to weight of pipe to be supported and its contents, insulation, concentrated loads, as well as the anticipated deflection. Please see our Engineered Spring atalog for units requiring higher loads and/or greater movements. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify spring size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M99. 2 /2" R.H. THD. E /8" MIN 4" R.H. THD. FIGURE 99 SPRING HNGER SPRING MX. MX. SPRING WEIGHT NO. LOD DEFLETION DEFLETION MIN. MX. E EH 2 2 26 lbs./in. 8 4 2 6 2 4 8 4.60 2 4. N/mm M0 4 6 0 9 0.7 2 4 66 lbs./in. 8 4 2 6 4 4 8 4 2.8 2 2 44.6 N/mm M0 4 9 0 9.08 6 7 8 87 lbs./in. 2 7 8 7 4 2 2.87 72 48. N/mm M2 49 97 40 27.0 4 266 4 2 lbs./in. 2 7 8 7 8 2.0 4 8 44 26.8 N/mm M2 49 94 40 27.9 400 2 200 lbs./in. 8 6 4 8 4 6 8 4 6.80 779 4.9 N/mm M6 7 222 62 46.08 6 600 2 2 240 lbs./in. 4 8 8 0 7 8 8 7 8 9.82 6 2669 64 4.7 N/mm M20 2 276 20 87 4.4 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 6

WTERPROOF PIPE SLEEVE Figure 4 The Figure 4 is designed for floor and ceiling penetrations through concrete. Pipes, and conduits can be placed within the sleeve for easy through access. Sleeves are normally furnished as schedule 40 pipe up to 2" NPS, standard wall up to 20" NPS, and rolled plate for larger sizes. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify sleeve diameter, dimension, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M4. 2" TYP. /4" USHION SPRING SSEMLY Figure 478 Designed to provide an economical method to support piping with both vertical and axial movement as well as absorbing vibration normally found in piping systems. omprised of two spring coils and four steel caps the ushion Spring ssembly is used in conjunction with our Figure 42 Two Rod Roll Hanger and drop rods, both must be ordered separately. The Figure 478 can also be used for insulated piping provided the correct saddle has been ordered from this catalog. In selecting the correct spring size consideration should be given to weight of pipe to be supported and its contents, concentrated loads, as well as the anticipated deflection. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted. Ordering: Specify drop rod diameter, spring number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M478. H FIGURE 478 USHION SPRING SSEMLY SPRING MXIMUM MXIMUM SPRING ROD MXIMUM WEIGHT NUMER LOD DEFLETION DEFLETION SIZE ROD SIZE H EH 4 428 lbs./in. 8 4 6 4 4. 280 2 74 N/mm M0 M20 9 2.0 2 00 4 200 lbs./in. 2 4 8 4.0 2 667 2 208 N/mm M2 M20 4 6.4 000 4 000 lbs./in. 7 8 2 8 7 8 22.0 4 2 47 N/mm M20 M6 22 0.0 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 7

PIPE LIGNMENT GUIDE Figure 006 Designed to maintain the axial alignment of piping as it expands and contracts during operation. It is most typically installed adjacent to expansion joints and at reasonable distances between the expansion joint and the anchor point. Our Figures 007, and 00 also offer alternative means for your piping alignment needs. Note: Guides are not designed to carry dead weight loads. Maximum temperature is 70 F. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized. Ordering: Specify guide size, pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M006. INSULTION THIKNESS H DI. 4 HOLES E D F G I PIPE FIGURE 006 PIPE LIGNMENT GUIDE SIZE WEIGHT NUMER D E F G H EH 6 4 4 2 8 8 2 8.8 7 4 7 79 27 8 76 6 2.6 2 7 4 8 6 8 2 6 4 2 8 7.2 2 84 4 62 89 9 8 76 6. 8 8 6 8 7 8 4 6 4 2 8 8.2 2 68 87 02 7 8 76 6.7 4 0 8 8 8 9 8 7 8 2 8 0.6 4 264 29 28 27 87 8 76 6 4.8 2 8 0 4 8 6 4 7 8 2 4 8.6 08 27 29 9 87 02 6 7. 6 4 7 8 2 4 8 7 4 8 2 4 8 9. 6 78 24 46 84 20 02 6 8.8 7 6 7 8 4 4 7 8 8 2 9 4 2 4 4 26.8 7 429 7 40 26 248 02 9 2.2 8 8 7 8 6 4 7 7 8 9 2 0 4 4 6 4.6 8 479 42 44 24 260 02 2 9 6. 9 2 8 9 20 0 2 4 4 6 4 44.2 9 0 48 08 267 286 02 2 9 20.0 0 2 8 2 22 2 4 8 4 6 7 8 2.6 0 600 9 292 9 02 2 22 2.9 2 8 2 24 2 2 4 4 4 6 7 8 66. 6 84 60 8 7 02 2 22 0. 2 28 8 2 4 26 8 4 7 8 4 6 79.7 2 72 64 676 49 40 02 2 2 6.2 2 8 29 2 0 2 4 6 8 2 8 06. 86 749 77 400 46 40 20 2 48.2 4 6 8 2 4 2 7 4 7 8 2 8 6.8 4 98 8 876 4 4 40 20 2.0 PIPE SIZE DIM. I MX. MVT " to 6" 4 4 2 to 0 02 02 8" to 6" 6 6 200 to 400 2 2 8" to 24" 8 8 40 to 600 20 20 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 8

Please use the following chart for selecting the correct size. FIGURE 006 PIPE LIGNMENT GUIDE THIKNESS OF INSULTION SIZE 2 2 2 2 4 NUMER 2 8 64 76 02 2 2 4-2 2 2 to 0 2 2 2 4-2 6 2 to 0 2 4-4 2 2-2 4-2 2-2 4 80 to 00 6 to 90 2 to 6 2 to 0 2-6 4 - - 4 2 2-2 4-2 2 2 to 0 00 to 2 80 to 00 6 to 90 2 to 6 2 6 6-6 4 - - 4 4-2 2 6 0 2 to 0 00 to 2 80 to 00 2 to 6 7 8 8 6-6 - 4 7 200 200 0 2 to 0 80 to 00 8 0 0 8 8-6 8 20 20 200 200 2 to 0 9 2 2 0 0 8 9 00 00 20 20 200 0 4 2-4 2 0 0 0 00 to 0 00 20 6 6 4 2 400 400 0 00 2 6-8 4-6 2 400 to 40 0 to 400 20 8-20 00 40 to 00 4 24 24 4 600 600 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 9

PIPE LIGNMENT GUIDE Figure 007 Designed to maintain the axial alignment of piping as it expands and contracts during operation. It is most typically installed adjacent to expansion joints and at reasonable distances between the expansion joint and the anchor point. Our Figures 006 and 00 also offer alternative means for your piping alignment needs. Note: Guides are not designed to carry dead weight loads. Maximum temperature is 70 F. Material: arbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized. Ordering: Specify guide size, pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M007. INSULTION THIKNESS H DI. 4 HOLES E D F G I PIPE FIGURE 007 PIPE LIGNMENT GUIDE SIZE WEIGHT NUMER D E F G H EH 7 8 4 2 8 8 2 2 4 8 9. 49 4 6 79 27 64 02 6 4. 2 7 8 6 8 2 6 4 2 2 4 8 2.0 2 78 4 62 89 9 64 02 6.4 8 6 8 7 8 4 6 4 2 2 4 8.2 20 68 87 02 7 64 02 6 6.0 4 0 8 8 8 9 8 7 8 2 2 4 8 6. 4 264 29 28 27 87 64 02 6 7.4 2 2 0 4 8 6 4 7 8 4 6 8 26.0 8 27 29 9 87 02 2 6.8 6 4 7 8 2 4 8 7 4 8 4 6 8 2. 6 78 24 46 84 20 02 2 6 4.7 7 6 7 8 4 4 7 8 8 2 9 4 2 8 4 48.2 7 429 7 40 26 248 40 20 9 2.9 8 8 7 8 6 4 7 7 8 9 2 0 4 2 8 4 7.0 8 479 42 44 24 260 40 20 9 2.9 9 2 8 9 20 0 2 4 2 8 4 72. 9 49 48 08 267 286 40 20 9 2.7 0 2 8 2 22 2 4 8 2 8 7 8 84. 0 600 9 292 9 40 20 22 8. 2 8 2 24 2 2 4 4 2 8 7 8 0.2 6 84 60 8 7 40 20 22 46.8 2 28 8 2 4 26 8 4 7 8 2 8 29. 2 727 64 676 49 40 40 20 2 8.6 2 8 29 2 0 2 4 6 8 2 8. 86 749 77 400 46 40 20 2 69. 4 6 8 2 4 2 7 4 7 8 2 8 40.0 4 98 8 876 4 4 40 20 2 6. PIPE SIZE DIM. I MX. MVT " to 6" 6 6 2 to 0 2 2 8" to 6" 8 8 200 to 400 20 20 8" to 24" 0 0 40 to 600 24 24 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 40

Please use the following hart for selecting the correct size. FIGURE 007 PIPE LIGNMENT GUIDE THIKNESS OF INSULTION SIZE 2 2 2 2 4 NUMER 2 8 64 76 02 2 2 4-2 2 2 to 0 2 2 2 4-2 6 2 to 0 2 4-4 2 2-2 4-2 2-2 4 80 to 00 6 to 90 2 to 6 2 to 0 2-6 4 - - 4 2 2-2 4-2 2 2 to 0 00 to 2 80 to 00 6 to 90 2 to 6 2 6 6-6 4 - - 4 4-2 2 6 0 2 to 0 00 to 2 80 to 00 2 to 6 7 8 8 6-6 - 4 7 200 200 0 2 to 0 80 to 00 8 0 0 8 8-6 8 20 20 200 200 2 to 0 9 2 2 0 0 8 9 00 00 20 20 200 0 4 2-4 2 0 0 0 00 to 0 00 20 6 6 4 2 400 400 0 00 2 6-8 4-6 2 400 to 40 0 to 400 20 8-20 00 40 to 00 4 24 24 4 600 600 DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 4

PIPE SLIDE SSEMLY Figure 00 Designed to be welded directly to the pipe to allow for support from below and allow for horizontal movement with a low coefficient of friction. The assembly consists of a carbon steel tee with a polished stainless bottom which rests on a PTFE (glass filled teflon) plate, bonded to a carbon steel plate. The base plate configuration will vary with the Type selected. Maximum temperature: 200 F at the sliding surface Greater height dimensions, longer transverse and longitudinal movements, and other customer requirements can be supplied upon request. ompliance: MSS SP-69 Type. Material: arbon Steel, Stainless Steel, PTFE. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, travel, and type. For Metric applications specify Figure M00. Y X FIELD WELD STINLESS STEEL TEFLON Y /6" W /6" X TYPE & FIELD WELD STINLESS STEEL SE WITH GUIDES TYPE & HOLD DOWN LUG TYPE J K L TYPE, & FIGURE 00 PIPE SLIDE SSEMLY Y L K W X PIPE MX TYPE TYPES TYPES TYPES TYPE WEIGHT SIZE LOD* TRVEL TYPE &,,,,,, TYPE & EH** 8 2 7 UP TO 8" 7000 0 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 6 0 8 2 20 2 2 7 27 26.2 UP TO 200 9 24 9 08 4 02 89 89 2 4. 8 470.9 08 97 7.7 0 2 0" TO 24" 00 0 4 4 2 4 6 4 2 4 2 7 20 2 9 20 2 2 2 27 267.0 20 TO 600 600 24 9 08 94 2 4 4 78 6.8 8 2 8.6 08 648 0.4 * ased upon 00 psi /.2 Kg per sq. cm. pressure on the PTFE ** Weight Each for Type Only. DIMENSIONS TEMPERTURE LODS WEIGHT INHES FHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS ELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRMS 42

TEHNIL INFORMTION REFERENE DT METRI ONVERSION HRT TO ONVERT FROM TO MULTIPLY Y ngle degree radian (rad).7429 x 0-2 radian (rad) degree.72978 x 0 + rea foot 2 square meter (m 2 ) 9.29004 x 0-2 inch 2 square meter (m 2 ) 6.4600 x 0-4 circular mil square meter (m 2 ),06707 x 0-0 square centimeter (cm 2 ) square inch (in 2 ).000 x 0 - square meter (m 2 ) foot 2.0769 x 0 + square meter (m 2 ) inch 2.000 x 0 + square meter (m 2 ) circular mil.972 x 0 +9 ending lbf ft newton meter (N m).88 Moment of lbf in newton meter (N m).29848 x 0 - Torque N m lbf ft 7.762 x 0 - N m lbf in 8.80748 Force pounds-force (lbf) newtons (N) 4.448222 Length foot (ft) meter (m).048000 x 0 - inch (in) meter (m) 2.40000 x 0-2 mil meter (m) 2.40000 x 0 - inch (in) micrometer (µm) 2.40000 X 0 +4 meter (m) foot (ft).280840 meter (m) inch (in).97008 x 0 + meter (m) mil.97008 x 0 +4 micrometer (µm) Inch (in).97008 x 0 - Mass ounce (avoirdupois) kilogram (kg) 2.8492 x 0-2 pound (avoirdupois) kilogram (kg) 4.924 x 0 - ton (short, 2000 lb) kilogram (kg) 9.07847 x 0 +2 ton (long, 2240 lb) kilogram (kg).06047 x 0 + kilogram (kg) ounce (avoirdupois).2796 x 0 + kilogram (kg) pound (avoirdupois) 2.204622 kilogram (kg) ton (short, 2000 lb).02 x 0 - kilogram (kg) ton (long, 2240 lb) 9.842064 x 0-4 Mass Per lb/ft kilogram per meter (kg/m).48864 Unit Length lb/in kilogram per meter (kg/m).78797 x 0 + kg/m lb/ft 6.79689 x 0 - kg/m lb/in.9974 x 0-2 Mass Per lb/ft kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m ).60846 x 0 - Unit Volume lb/in kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m ) 2.767990 x 0 +4 kg/m lb/ft 6.242797 x 0-2 kg/m lb/in 6270 x 0 - lbs/ft lbs/in.728000 x 0 + Mass Per lb/ft 2 kilogram per square meter (kg/m 2 ) 4882428 rea Unit kg/m 2 pound per square foot (lb/ft 2 ) 2.0486 x 0 - Pressure or lbf/in 2 (psi) pascal (Pa) 6.89477 x 0 + Stress kip/in 2 (ksi) pascal (Pa) 6-89477 x 0 +6 lbf/in 2 (psi) megapascals (MPa) 6.89477 x 0 - pascal (Pa) pound force per sq. inch (psi).4077 x 0-4 pascal (Pa) kip per sq. inch (ksi).4077 x 0-7 megapascals (MPa) lbf/in 2 (psi) -4077 x 0 +2 Section section modulus S (in ) S (m ).68706 x 0 - Properties section modulus S (M ) S (in ) 6.0274 x 0 +4 moment of inertia I (in 4 ) (m 4 ) 4.624 x 0-7 moment of inertia I (M 4 ) I (in 4 ) 2.4020 x 0 +6 modulus of elasticity E (psi) E (Pa) 6.89477 x 0 + modulus of elasticity E (Pa) E (psi).4077 x 0-4 Temperature degree Fahrenheit degree elsius t = (t F - 2) /.8 degree elsius degree Fahrenheit t F =.8 t + 2 Volume foot cubic meter (m ) 2.868 x 0-2 inch cubic meter (m ).68706 x 0-2 cubic centimeter (cm ) cubic inch (in ) 6.0274 x 0-2 cubic meter (m ) foot.466 x 0 + cubic meter (m ) inch 6.0276 x 0 +4 gallon (U.S. liquid) cubic meter (m ).7842 x 0 - SME REVITIONS IS = merican Institute of Steel onstruction ISI = merican Iron & Steel Institute NSI = merican National Standards Institute STM = merican Society for Testing & Materials WW = merican Water Works ssociation Dia. = Diameter Ft. = Feet Ga = Gauge I.D. = Inside Diameter In. = Inch Lbs. = Pounds Max. = Maximum Min. = Minimum MSS = Manufacturers' Standardization Society NFP = National Fire Protection ssociation O.D. = Outside Diameter Oz. = Ounces psi = Pounds Per Square Inch PV = Poly Vinyl hloride UN = Unified ourse Threads UNR = Unified ourse Threads (Rounded Root) METRI SYMOLS cm = centimeter kg = kilogram kn = kilonewton m = meter µm = micrometer mm = millimeter MPa = megapascal N = newton Nm = newton-meter Pa = pascal 4

TEHNIL INFORMTION PIPE WEIGHTS FOR STNDRD ND HEVY WEIGHT PIPE PIPE DT PIPE WEIGHT Nominal Pipe Outside Dia. Wall Th k w/ Gas, ir, Steam w/ Water Pipe Size Schedule in mm in lbs/ft N/m lbs/ft N/m 2" Std / 40 0.840 22 0.09 0.9 2.0 4 (mm) XS / 80 0.47. 6.2 7 4" Std / 40.00 28 0.. 7.4 20 (20mm) XS / 80 0.4. 22.7 24 " Std / 40. 4 0..7 2 2. 0 (2mm) XS / 80 0.79 2.2 2 2. 6 4" Std / 40.660 42 0.40 2. 2.9 4 (2mm) XS / 80 0.9.0 44.6 2 2" Std / 40.900 48 0.4 2.7 40.6 (40mm) XS / 80 0.200.6 4.4 64 2" Std / 40 2.7 60 0.4.7. 7 (0mm) XS / 80 0.28.0 7 6. 92 2 2" Std / 40 2.87 7 0.20.8 8 7.9 (6mm) XS / 80 0.276 7.7 2 9. 9 " Std / 40.00 89 0.26 7.6 7 (80mm) XS / 80 0.00 0 0 9 2" Std / 40 4.000 02 0.226 9. 9 (90mm) XS / 80 0.8 82 6 29 4" Std / 40 4.00 4 0.27 7 6 28 (00mm) XS / 80 0.7 29 20 29 " Std / 40.6 4 0.28 2 2 40 (2mm) XS / 80 0.7 2 0 29 48 6" Std / 40 6.62 68 0.280 9 277 460 (0mm) XS / 80 0.42 29 47 40 82 8" Std / 40 8.62 29 0.22 29 47 0 7 (200mm) XS / 80 0.00 4 6 6 922 0" Std / 40 0.7 27 0.6 40 9 7 090 (20mm) XS / 60 0.00 799 87 27 2" Std 2.7 2 0.7 0 72 99 49 (00mm) XS 0.00 6 9 2 64 4" Std / 0 4.00.6 0.7 796 4 669 (0mm) XS 0.00 72 02 0 892 6" Std / 0 6.00 406.4 0.7 6 9 42 2069 (400mm) XS / 40 0.00 8 208 9 226 8" Std 8.00 47.2 0.7 7 00 72 209 (40mm) XS 0.00 9 64 92 2800 20" Std / 20 20.00 08.0 0.7 79 47 20 2988 (00mm) XS / 0 0.00 04 20 227 24" Std / 20 24.00 609.6 0.7 9 8 279 4067 (600mm) XS 0.00 2 8 06 4460 0" Std 0.00 762.0 0.7 9 7 40 98 (70mm) XS / 20 0.00 8 2299 444 6478 6" Std 6.00 94.4 0.7 4 2082 66 826 (900mm) XS / 20 0.00 90 2766 607 88 42" Std 42.00 066.8 0.7 67 24 746 0888 (00mm) XS / 20 0.00 222 24 794 87 Pipe Weights are based on arbon Steel pipe 44

TEHNIL INFORMTION MERIN WTER WORKS SSOITION - DUTILE IRON PIPE DT SED UPON WW 08-70 LSS NOMINL WEIGHT OF PIPE PIPE SIZE O.D. SIZE WLL THIKNESS WEIGHT OF PIPE FILLED WITH WTER in. mm in. mm in. mm Lbs./Ft. Kg/m Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 00.96 00.6 0. 7.9.2 6.7.0 22. 4 0 4.80 2.9 0.2 8. 4.2 2. 20. 29.9 6 200 6.90 7. 0.4 8.6 22.0 2.7. 2.2 8 20 9.0 229.9 0.6 9..0 46. 4.0 80.4 0 00. 28.9 0.8 9.7 40.4 60. 76.8 4. 2 0.2. 0.40 0.2 0.7 7. 0.0. 4 400. 88.6 0.42 0.7 62.4 92.9. 98.7 6 40 7.4 442.0 0.4 0.9 72.8 08. 6.9 246.9 8 00 9. 49. 0.44.2 8.6 24.4 20. 299.9 20 600 2.6 48.6 0.4.4 9.2 4.7 24.0 8.7 24 700 2.8 6. 0.47.9 9.2 77.4 29.4 490.2 0 800 2.0 82.8 0..0 6. 240.0 487.8 72.9 6 900 8. 972.8 0.8 4.7 29. 26.7 688.8 02. 42 000 44. 0. 0.6 6. 28.2 424.4 920. 69. 48 200 0.8 290. 0.72 8. 60. 6.2 89.2 769.8 4 400 7.6 40. 0.8 20.6 4.0 677. 02.2 22.6 Note: dd flange weight for flanged ductile iron pipe ST IRON PIPE DT MEHNIL JOINT PIPE LSS 0 NOMINL WEIGHT OF PIPE PIPE SIZE O.D. SIZE WLL THIKNESS WEIGHT OF PIPE FILLED WITH WTER in. mm in. mm in. mm Lbs./Ft. Kg/m Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 00.96 00.6 0.2 8. 2.9 9.2 6.6 24.7 4 0 4.80 2.9 0. 8.9 6.4 24.4 22. 2.9 6 200 6.90 7. 0.8 9.7 2.7 8.2 8. 7. 8 20 9.0 229.9 0.4 0.4 6.7 4.6 9.8 89.0 0 00. 28.9 0.44.2 48.7 72. 84.2 2. 2 0.2. 0.48 2.2 62.9 9.6.9 69. 4 400. 88.6 0..0 78.8 7. 48. 220.4 6 40 7.4 442.0 0.4.7 9.0 4.4 8. 27.8 8 00 9. 49. 0.8 4.7 4.7 70.7 228.7 40.4 20 600 2.6 48.6 0.62.7.9 202.2 277.4 42.8 24 700 2.8 6. 0.7 8. 90.4 28.4 9.4 82. 0 800 2.0 82.8 0.8 2.6 277. 42.7 89. 877.0 6 900 8. 972.8 0.94 2.9 68.9 49.0 87.9 27.2 42 000 44. 0..0 26.7 479. 7.0 09. 62.8 48 200 0.8 290..4 29.0 9.2 88.8 98.2 2080.8 Note: dd flange weight for flanged cast iron pipe 4

TEHNIL INFORMTION NO-HU ST IRON PIPE DT SED UPON ST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE STNDRDS 0-72, TLE NOMINL WEIGHT OF PIPE PIPE SIZE: O.D. SIZE WLL THIKNESS WEIGHT OF PIPE FILLED W/WTER in. mm in. mm in. mm Lbs./Ft. Kg/m Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 2" 40.9 48. 0.6 4. 2.7 4.0 6.2 9.2.7 2" 0 2. 9.7 0.6 4..6.4 8.6 2.8.72 " 80. 8. 0.6 4..2 7.7. 20. 2.80 4" 00 4.8. 0.9 4.8 7.4.0 20.2 0. 2.0 " 2.0 4.6 0.9 4.8 9.6 4. 27. 40.9.0 6" 0 6.0 60.0 0.9 4.8.0 6.4 4.0 0.6.00 8" 200 8.8 22.9 0.2.8 8.0 26.8 7. 8.6 69.0 DEIML EQUIVLENTS DEIMLS OF N INH & EQUIVLENT MILLIMETERS FRTION DEIML MM FRTION DEIML MM FRTION DEIML MM FRTION DEIML MM 2 0.0 0.794 9 2 0.28 7.44 7 2 0..494 2 2 0.78 9.844 6 0.062.88 6 0.2 7.98 9 6 0.62 4.288 6 0.82 20.68 2 0.098 2.8 2 0.48 8.7 9 2 0.98.08 27 2 0.848 2.4 8 0.20.7 8 0.70 9.2 8 0.620.87 7 8 0.870 22.22 2 0.6.969 2 0.406 0.9 2 2 0.66 6.669 29 2 0.906 2.09 6 0.87 4.76 7 6 0.47. 6 0.687 7.46 6 0.97 2.8 7 2 0.288.6 2 0.4688.906 2 2 0.788 8.26 2 0.9688 24.606 4 0.200 6.0 2 0.000 2.700 4 0.700 9.00.0000 2.400 ELETRIL ONDUIT SIZES NOMINL ELETRIL METLLI INTERMEDITE METLLI STEEL RIGID ONDUIT SIZE ONDUIT O.D. ONDUIT O.D. ONDUIT O.D. 2 0.706 0.8 0.840 4 0.922.029.00.6.290. 4.0.68.660 2.740.86.900 2 2.97 2.60 2.7 2 2 2.87 2.87 2.87.00.476.00 2 4.000.97 4.000 4 4.00 4.466 4.00.6 6 6.62 MXIMUM REOMMENDED OLT TORQUE FOR FIGURE 26 MXIMUM TORQUE VLUE OLT SIZE FOOT-POUNDS 4 M6 6 8 M0 2 2 M2 46 8 M6 00 4 M20 0 7 8 M20 90 M24 280 olts are STM 07, Nuts are STM 6 46

TEHNIL INFORMTION OPPER TUING DT - TYPE L NOMINL WEIGHT OF TUING TUING SIZE O.D. SIZE WLL THIKNESS WEIGHT OF TUING FILLED WITH WTER in. mm in. mm in. mm Lbs./Ft. Kg/m Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 4 8 0.7 9. 0.00 0.8 0. 0.9 0. 0.22 8 0 0.00 2.7 0.0 0.9 0.20 0.29 0.26 0.9 /2 0.62.9 0.040.0 0.29 0.42 0.8 0.7 8 8 0.70 9. 0.042. 0.6 0.4 0. 0.76 4 20 0.87 22.2 0.04. 0.46 0.68 0.66 0.98 2.2 28.6 0.00. 0.66 0.97.0.0 4 2.7 4.9 0.0.4 0.88.2.42 2. 2 40.62 4. 0.060..4.70.9 2.84 2 0 2.2 4.0 0.070.8.7 2.60.09 4.60 2 2 6 2.62 66.7 0.080 2.0 2.48.69 4.4 6.76 80.2 79.4 0.090 2.. 4.96 6.28 9. 2 90.62 92. 0.00 2. 4.29 6.8 8.28 2.2 4 00 4.2 04.8 0.0 2.8.8 8.0 0.7.7 2.2 0.2 0.2.2 7.6.0.69 2. 6 0 6.2.6 0.40.6 0.20.20 2.8 2.46 8 200 8.2 206.4 0.200. 9.26 28.70 9.49 8.77 0 20 0.2 27.2 0.20 6.4 20.0 29.90 6.69 9.8 2 00 2.2 08.0 0.280 7. 40.40 60.0 8.8 27.7 OPPER TUING DT - TYPE K NOMINL WEIGHT OF TUING TUING SIZE O.D. SIZE WLL THIKNESS WEIGHT OF TUING FILLED WITH WTER in. mm in. mm in. mm Lbs./Ft. Kg/m Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 4 8 0.7 9. 0.0 0.9 0.4 0.2 0.7 0.2 8 0 0.00 2.7 0.049.2 0.27 0.40 0.2 0.48 2 0.62.9 0.049.2 0.4 0. 0.4 0.64 8 8 0.70 9. 0.049.2 0.42 0.6 0.6 0.8 4 20 0.87 22.2 0.06.7 0.64 0.9 0.8.24 2.2 28.6 0.06.7 0.84.2.8.76 4 2.7 4.9 0.06.7.04..7 2.4 2 40.62 4. 0.072.8.6 2.02 2.0. 2 0 2.2 4.0 0.08 2. 2.06.07.7.02 2 2 6 2.62 66.7 0.09 2.4 2.92 4. 4.92 7.2 80.2 79.4 0.09 2.8 4.00.9 6.96 0.6 2 90.62 92. 0.20.0.2 7.62 9.02.42 4 00 4.2 04.8 0.4.4 6. 9.69.7 7.22 2.2 0.2 0.60 4. 9.67 4.4 7.67 26.0 6 0 6.2.6 0.92 4.9.87 20.6 2.07 7. 8 200 8.2 206.4 0.27 6.9 2.90 8. 4.40 67.6 0 20 0.2 27.2 0.8 8.6 40.0 60.0 70.72 0.2 2 00 2.2 08.0 0.40 0. 7.80 86.0 0.48.02 47

TEHNIL INFORMTION PIPE WEIGHTS FOR PV ND PV PIPE TYPES I & II PIPE DT PV PIPE WEIGHT PV PIPE WEIGHT Nominal Pipe Outside Dia. Wall Th k w/ Gas, ir w/ Water w/ Gas, ir w/ Water Pipe Size Schedule in mm in lbs/ft N/m lbs/ft N/m lbs/ft N/m lbs/ft N/m 8" 40 0.40 0 0.068 0.0 0.7 0.07.0 (mm) 80 0.09 0.06 0.9 0.08. 4" 40 0.4 4 0.088 0.08.2 0..9 0.09. 0. 2.0 (6mm) 80 0.9 0.0. 0. 2.0 0.2.7 0.4 2. 8" 40 0.67 7 0.09 0..6 0.9 2.8 0.2.8 0.20.0 (0mm) 80 0.26 0.4 2. 0.20.0 0.6 2. 0.22.2 2" 40 0.840 22 0.09 0.7 2.4 0.0 4.4 0.9 2.7 0. 4.6 (mm) 80 0.47 0.2. 0. 4.6 0.24. 0. 4.8 20 0.70 0.24.4 0.2 4.7 4" 40.00 28 0. 0.22.2 0.4 6.6 0.2.6 0.47 6.9 (20mm) 80 0.4 0.29 4.2 0.47 6.9 0.2 4.7 0.0 7. 20 0.70 0. 4. 0.48 7.0 " 40. 4 0. 0. 4.8 0.70 0 0.7.4 0.7 (2mm) 80 0.79 0.42 6.2 0.74 0.47 6.9 0.77 20 0.200 0.46 6.8 0.7 4" 40.660 42 0.40 0.44 6.. 6 0.0 7.2. 6 (2mm) 80 0.9 0.8 8.. 7 0.6 9..2 7 20 0.2 0.6 9..2 7 2" 40.900 48 0.4 0. 7.8.4 2 0.60 8.7. 2 (40mm) 80 0.200 0.7 0. 22 0.79 2. 22 20 0.22 0.79. 22 2" 40 2.7 60 0.4 0.72 0 2.2 2 0.80 2 2.2 (0mm) 80 0.28 0.98 4 2.. 6 2. 4 20 0.20. 6 2. 4 2 2" 40 2.87 7 0.20. 7.2 47. 8. 48 (6mm) 80 0.276. 22. 49.7 24. 0 20 0.00.6 24.4 49 " 40.00 89 0.26. 22 4.7 68.7 24 4.8 70 (80mm) 80 0.00 2.0 29 4.9 7 2.2.0 7 20 0.0 2. 4.0 7 2" 40 4.000 02 0.226.8 26 6. 89 2.0 29 6.2 9 (90mm) 80 0.8 2. 6 6. 92 2.7 40 6. 9 4" 40 4.00 4 0.27 2. 7.6 2.4 4 7.8 4 (00mm) 80 0.7 2.9 4 7.9 6. 48 8.2 9 20 0.47.7 4 8.2 20 " 40.6 4 0.28 2.9 42 2 68 (2mm) 80 0.7 4. 60 2 7 6" 40 6.62 68 0.280.7 4 6 27 4.2 6 7 242 (0mm) 80 0.42.6 82 7 247 6. 9 7 2 20 0.62 7. 04 7 24 8" 40 8.62 29 0.22.6 82 27 98 6. 9 28 40 (200mm) 80 0.00 8. 24 28 4 9. 9 29 42 0" 40 0.7 27 0.6 8.0 6 42 6 8.9 0 4 624 (20mm) 80 0.9 84 44 69 4 206 4 64 2" 40 2.7 2 0.406 9 862 2 7 60 874 (00mm) 80 0.687 7 24 6 897 9 28 6 97 4" 40 4.00.6 0.47 2 82 7 08 (0mm) 80 0.70 2 04 74 08 6" 40 6.00 406.4 0.00 6 28 9 6 (400mm) 80 0.84 27 9 97 409 8" 40 8.00 47.2 0.62 22 28 9 74 (40mm) 80 0.97 4 489 22 78 20" 40 20.00 08.0 0.9 27 88 47 246 (00mm) 80.0 42 68 2 227 24" 40 24.00 609.6 0.687 7 42 2 086 (600mm) 80.28 60 879 29 89 PV and PV pipe weights are based on the average I.D. 48

TEHNIL INFORMTION USEFUL WEIGHT FORMULS PIPE Weight (lb/ft) = 0.68 x T x (D - T) x F PIPE ONTENTS Weight (lb/ft) = 0.40 x G x (D - 2T) 2 LEGEND D = Outside Diameter (inches) F = Material Weight Factor G = Specific Gravity of Pipe ontents Normally.0 for water, 0 for air and steam. L = Length (inches) T = Pipe Wall, Plate, or ar Thickness (inches) W = Width (inches) PLTE ND R Weight (lb) = 0.28 x T x W x L x F ROUND ROD Weight (lb/ft) = 2.67D 2 MTERIL WEIGHT FTORS arbon Steel & r-mo...00 luminum...0. rass...2 ast lron...0.9 opper...4 Ferritic stainless steel...0.9 ustenitic stainless steel...02 Wrought iron...0.98 LULTING OF PIPING INSULTION WEIGHT The weight per foot of insulation is calculated by using the weight factor X from the table below and multiplying by the insulation density (lbs/cu-ft). EXMPLE: 6" pipe with 2" of insulation is found to have a weight factor of.49 (from table below). With an insulation density of lb/cu-ft, the calculation for insulation weight is.49 x = 6.9 INSULTION WEIGHT FTOR X NOMINL NOMINL INSULTION THIKNESS PIPE SIZE " 2" 2" 2 2" " 2" 4" 4 2" " 2" 6".07.0.6.2..40 4.0.2..22.0.9 2.066..2.29.8.48 2.080.4.2.29.7.47.9 2 2.09.9.27.6.46.8.70.8.0.7.2.4.44.6.68.8 2..2..4.4.66.78....97 4..2.0.9..6.77.96.0..24.4.4.8.7.88.04.20 6.7.27.8..64.8.97..4 8.4.47.66.80.97.7.6.6.7 0.4.9.7.9.2.2.4.76.99 2.0.68.88.07.28.2.74.99 2.24 2.0 4..70.90..4.7.8 2.07 2.4 2.62 6.7.78.0.24.49.74 2.0 2.29 2.8 2.88 8.64.87.2.7.64.92 2.2 2. 2.82.4 20.70.96.2.0.79 2.09 2.40 2.7.06.40 24.8..44.77 2.0 2.44 2.80.6.4.92 General Formula: For pipe sizes not shown in the table above (special O.D. pipe, etc.), use the following formula to determine the insulation weight: Insulation Weight: (lb/ft) = 0.028 x I x T x (T + D) Where: I = Insulation density (lb/cu-ft) T = Insulation thickness (inches) D= Outside diameter of pipe (inches) 49

TEHNIL INFORMTION MXIMUM HORIZONTL HNGER SPING PER MSS-SP-69, ND SME. NOMINL STNDRD WEIGHT PIPE SIZE STEEL PIPE OPPER TUING OR SERVIE SERVIE TUE (FEET / METERS) (FEET / METERS) DI. WTER VPOR WTER VPOR 4 7 8 8 2. 2.44.2.2 8 7 8 6 0 2. 2.44.2.8 2 7 8 6 2. 2.44.2.8 4 7 9 7 20 2. 2.74.2 2. 7 9 6 8 2 2. 2.74.8 2.44 4 7 9 7 9 2 2. 2.74 2. 2.74 2 9 2 8 0 40 2.74.66 2.44.0 2 0 8 0.0.96 2.44. 2 2 4 9 6. 4.27 2.74.96 2 0 4 80.66 4.7.0 4.27 2 6 90.96 4.88. 4.7 4 4 7 2 6 00 4.27.8.66 4.88 6 9 8 2 4.88.79.96.49 6 7 2 4 20 0.8 6.40 4.27 6.0 8 9 24 6 2 200.79 7.2 4.88 7.0 0 22 26 8 2 20 6.7 7.92.49 7.62 2 2 0 9 28 00 7.0 9.4.79 8. 4 2 2 0 7.62 9.7 6 27 400 8.2 0.67 8 28 7 40 8..28 20 0 9 00 9.4.89 24 2 42 600 9.7 2.80 0 44 70 0.06.4 NOTE: Local codes and specifications may require hanger spacing less than the values shown above. LOD HRT FOR THREDED ROD MTERILS: STM 6, 7 GR. 020 OR 76 GR 020 MXIMUM SFE ROD LOD WEIGHT ROOT NOMINL ROD TEMPERTURE PER RE ROD 60 F 70 F FOOT IN. 2 DIMETER 49 99 METER MM 2 4 240 20 0.67 0.027 M6 068 94 0.248 0.07 8 60 40 0.60 0.068 M0 274 2402 0.6 0.044 2 0 00 0.668 0.26 M2 027 449 0.994 0.08 8 80 60.04 0.202 M6 802 762. 0.0 4 270 2420.0 0.02 M20 20 076 2.2 0.9 7 8 770 60 2.04 0.49 M20 6770 4947.04 0.270 4960 4420 2.67 0.2 M24 22064 9662.97 0.6 4 8000 740.8 0.889 M0 87 762.0 0.74 2 60 070 4.7.29 M6 7 460 6.20 0.84 4 700 4000 6.0.744 M42 69840 62278 8.94.2 2 20700 8460 8.8 2.00 M48 92082 827 2.7.484 2 4 27200 24260 0.68.02 M6 20996 0798.89.90 2 2 00 29880.2.76 M64 4902 298 20.2 2.98 2 4 480 7066 6.69 4.69 M72 84964 64884 24.8 2.980 080 408 20.9.62 M80 22000 2006 0.04.627 GUGE THIKNESS GUGE MINIMUM NOMINL 0.2 0.29.46 6.07 7 0.67 0.79 7 4.242 4.47 0.08 0.20 2.74.048 2 0.09 0.0 2 2.62 2.667 0.080 0.090 2.02 2.286 4 0.066 0.07 4.676.90 6 0.0 0.060 6.46.24 8 0.042 0.048 8.067.29 0

TEHNIL INFORMTION HNGER SPING FOR PV ND PV PIPING PV Pipe 60 F 80 F 00 F 20 F 40 F Size Sch. ft mm ft mm ft mm ft mm ft mm 2" 40 4..7 4..7 4.0.22 2. 0.76 2. 0.76 mm 80.0.2 4..7 4..7.0 0.9 2. 0.76 20.0.2.0.2 4..7.0 0.9 2. 0.76 /4" 40.0.2 4..7 4.0.22 2. 0.76 2. 0.76 20mm 80..68.0.2 4..7.0 0.9 2. 0.76 20..68.0.2 4..7.0 0.9.0 0.9 " 40..68.0.2 4..7.0 0.9 2. 0.76 2mm 80 6.0.8..68.0.2..07.0 0.9 20 6.0.8..68.0.2..07.0 0.9 /4" 40..68..68.0.2.0 0.9.0 0.9 2mm 80 6.0.8 6.0.8..68..07.0 0.9 20 6..98 6.0.8..68..07..07 2" 40 6.0.8..68.0.2..07.0 0.9 40mm 80 6..98 6.0.8..68..07..07 20 6..98 6..98 6.0.8 4.0.22..07 2" 40 6.0.8..68.0.2..07.0 0.9 0mm 80 7.0 2. 6..98 6.0.8 4.0.22..07 20 7. 2.29 7.0 2. 6..98 4.0.22..07 2 2" 40 7.0 2. 6..98 6.0.8 4.0.22..07 6mm 80 7. 2.29 7. 2.29 6..98 4..7 4.0.22 20 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29 7.0 2. 4..7 4.0.22 " 40 7.0 2. 7.0 2. 6.0.8 4.0.22..07 80mm 80 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29 7.0 2. 4..7 4.0.22 20 8. 2.9 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29.0.2 4..7 2" 40 7. 2.29 7.0 2. 6..98 4.0.22 4.0.22 90mm 80 8. 2.9 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29.0.2 4..7 4" 40 7. 2.29 7.0 2. 6..98 4..7 4.0.22 00mm 80 9.0 2.74 8. 2.9 7. 2.29.0.2 4..7 20 9. 2.90 9.0 2.74 8. 2.9..68.0.2 " 40 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29 7.0 2. 4..7 4.0.22 2mm 80 9. 2.90 9.0 2.74 8.0 2.44..68.0.2 6" 40 8. 2.9 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29.0.2 4..7 0mm 80 0.0.0 9. 2.90 9.0 2.74 6.0.8.0.2 20.. 0..20 9. 2.90 6..98 6.0.8 8" 40 9.0 2.74 8. 2.9 8.0 2.44.0.2 4..7 200mm 80.0. 0..20 9. 2.90 6..98..68 0" 40 0.0.0 9.0 2.74 8. 2.9..68.0.2 20mm 80 2.0.66.0. 0.0.0 7.0 2. 6.0.8 2" 40.. 0..20 9. 2.90 6..98..68 00mm 80.0.96 2.0.66 0..20 7. 2.29 6..98 4" 40 2.0.66.0. 0.0.0 7.0 2. 6.0.8 0mm 80. 4..0.96.0. 8.0 2.44 7.0 2. 6" 40 2..8.. 0..20 7. 2.29 6..98 400mm 80 4.0 4.27. 4... 8. 2.9 7. 2.29 8" 40.0.96 2.0.66.0. 8.0 2.44 7.0 2. 40mm 80 4. 4.42 4.0 4.27 2.0.66 9.0 2.74 8.0 2.44 20" 40. 4. 2..8.. 8. 2.9 7. 2.29 00mm 80.0 4.7 4. 4.42 2..8 9. 2.90 8. 2.9 24" 40 4.0 4.27.0.96 2.0.66 9.0 2.74 8.0 2.44 600mm 80 8..64.0 4.7.0.96 0.0.0 9.0 2.74 PV 7 F 00 F 20 F 40 F 60 F 80 F ft mm ft mm ft mm ft mm ft mm ft mm.0.2 4..7 4..7 4.0.22 2. 0.76 2. 0.76..68..68 4..7 4..7.0 0.9 2. 0.76.0.2.0.2 4..7 4.0.22 2. 0.76 2. 0.76..68..68.0.2 4..7.0 0.9 2. 0.76..68..68.0.2 4..7.0 0.9 2. 0.76 6.0.8 6.0.8..68.0.2..07.0 0.9..68..68..68.0.2.0 0.9.0 0.9 6..98 6.0.8 6.0.8..68..07.0 0.9 6.0.8 6.0.8..68.0.2..07.0 0.9 7.0 2. 6..98 6.0.8..68..07..07 6.0.8 6.0.8..68.0.2..07.0 0.9 7.0 2. 7.0 2. 6..98 6.0.8 4.0.22..07 7.0 2. 7.0 2. 6..98 6.0.8 4.0.22..07 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29 7. 2.29 6..98 4..7 4.0.22 7.0 2. 7.0 2. 7.0 2. 6.0.8 4.0.22..07 8.0 2.44 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29 7.0 2. 4..7 4.0.22 7. 2.29 7. 2.29 7.0 2. 6..98 4.0.22 4.0.22 8. 2.9 8. 2.9 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29.0.2 4..7 7. 2.29 7. 2.29 7.0 2. 6..98 4..7 4.0.22 8. 2.9 9.0 2.74 8. 2.9 7. 2.29.0.2 4..7 8.0 2.44 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29 7.0 2..0.2 4..7 9.0 2.74 9.0 2.74 8. 2.9 8.0 2.44..68.0.2 8. 2.9 8.0 2.44 7. 2.29 7.0 2..0.2 4..7 0.0.0 9. 2.90 9.0 2.74 8.0 2.44..68.0.2 9. 2.90 9.0 2.74 8. 2.9 7. 2.29..68.0.2.0. 0..20 0.0.0 9.0 2.74 6.0.8..68 0..20 0.0.0 9. 2.90 8.0 2.44 6.0.8 0.6 0.7...0. 0..20 9. 2.90 6..98 0.60 0.8.. 0..20 0.0.0 8. 2.9 6..98 6.0.8 2..8 2.0.66.. 0..20 7. 2.29 6..98

TEHNIL INFORMTION THERML EXPNSION OF PIPE MTERILS DIMENSIONS INHES PER FOOT MILLIMETERS PER METER RON LLOY STEEL STEELS STINLESS THROUGH THROUGH STEELS TEMPERTURE % R MO 9% R MO (04, 6, 47) OPPER RSS LUMINUM 0-0.00-0.0078-0.0079-0.008-0.004-7.8-0.420-0.600-0.68-0.670-0.8666 0-0.00-0.0022-0.0022-0.002-0.000 0.0-0.20-0.8-0.8-0.97-0.200 70 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 2 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 00 0.002 0.0022 0.004 0.004 0.00 0.0046 7.8 0.97 0.8 0.28 0.28 0.297 0.8 0 0.006 0.008 0.0090 0.009 0.009 0.02 6.6 0.08 0.48 0.700 0.78 0.770.020 200 0.0099 0.0094 0.046 0.0 0.02 0.0200 9. 0.820 0.78.266.28.2666.6666 20 0.04 0.02 0.020 0.0208 0.024 0.028 2.70.000.696.7.78 2.82 00 0.082 0.07 0.026 0.0267 0.0276 0.066 49.66.4249 2.749 2.2249 2.2999.0499 0 0.0226 0.020 0.02 0.027 0.040 0.042 77.88.7499 2.6749 2.7249 2.82.766 400 0.0270 0.020 0.080 0.088 0.040 0.09 204 2.2499 2.08.66.22.749 4.49 40 0.06 0.0292 0.0440 0.0449 0.0472 0.0628 22 2.62 2.42.666.74.92.2 00 0.062 0.0 0.00 0.02 0.040 0.077 260.06 2.796 4.748 4.266 4.4998.9748 0 0.04 0.079 0.062 0.074 0.060 0.080 288.4249.82 4.68 4.78.08 6.7497 600 0.0460 0.0424 0.0624 0.069 0.0680 0.090 6.82.2.998.248.6664 7.247 60 0.02 0.0469 0.0687 0.070 0.07 4 4.266.9082.7248.88 6.2747 700 0.06 0.04 0.070 0.0768 0.0826 7 4.69 4.282 6.2498 6.997 6.88 70 0.067 0.062 0.08 0.084 0.0902 99.4 4.68 6.794 6.9497 7.64 800 0.0670 0.060 0.0880 0.0900 0.0978 427.8.08 7.0 7.4997 8.497 80 0.0726 0.068 0.0946 0.0967 0.06 44 6.0498.48 7.880 8.080 8.7996 900 0.078 0.0707 0.02 0.07 0. 482 6.08.894 8.40 8.64 9.480 90 0.08 0.076 0.080 0.0 0.26 0 6.98 6.2997 8.9996 9.2080 0.29 000 0.0889 0.0806 0.48 0.7 0.298 8 7.4080 6.764 9.66 9.79 0.862 00 0.0946 0.08 0.26 66 7.880 7.247 0.29 00 0.004 0.090 0.284 9 8.66 7.44 0.6996 2

OMMON STRUTURL SHPES USED FOR PIPE SUPPORTS TEHNIL INFORMTION WEIGHT FLNGE SETION STRUTURL PER DEPTH WIDTH THIKNESS MODULUS SHPE SIZE FOOT IN IN IN IN L 2 x 2 x 4 2. 2 2 4 0. L 2 x 2 x 4.2 2 2 4 0.2 L 2 2 x 2 2 x 4 4. 2 2 2 2 4 0.8 L x x 4 4.9 4 0.8 NGLE L x x 8 7.2 8 0.8 L x x 2 9.4 2.07 L 2 x 2 x 8 8. 2 2 8. L 4 x 4 x 8 9.8 4 4 8.2 L 4 x 4 x 2 2.8 4 4 2.97 L x x 2 6.2 2.6 L 6 x 6 x 2 9.6 6 6 2 4.6 L 6 x 6 x 4 28.7 6 6 4 6.66 x 4. 4. 8 4 x.4.4 4 8 x 6.7 6.7 4 HNNEL 6 x 8.2 8.2 6 7 8 8 x.. 8 2 4 0 x.. 0 2 8 4.0 6.9 6.00 6 4.8 8 8.4 7 6.0 2 x 20.7 20.7 2 2 2.0 x.9.9 8 8 42.00 ST 2 x 2 x 4.4 2 2 4 0.77 ST x x 4 8.8 4 2.0 ST 4 x 4 x 4 2.2 4 4 4 4. ST 4 x 4 x 8 7. 4 4 8. SQURE ST 4 x 4 x 2 2.6 4 4 2 6. TUING ST 6 x 6 x 4 9.0 6 6 4 0.0 ST 6 x 6 x 8 27. 6 6 8.90 ST 6 x 6 x 2.2 6 6 2 6.80 ST 8 x 8 x 4 2.8 8 8 4 8.80 ST 8 x 8 x 8 8.9 8 8 8 26.40 ST 8 x 8 x 2 48.9 8 8 2 2.90 S 4 x 7.7 7.7 4 2 8 W 4 x.0 4 8 4 8.46 W 6 x 2 2.0 6 4 4 7. 6.04 W 6 x.0 6 6 4 9.72 W 6 x 20 20.0 6 4 6 8.40 I-EM W 8 x 8 8.0 8 8 4 6.20 W 8 x 24 24.0 7 7 8 6 2 8 20.90 W 8 x.0 8 8 7 6 27.0 W 0 x 22 22.0 0 8 4 8 2.20 W 0 x.0 9 4 8 7 6.00 W 2 x 26 26.0 2 4 6 2 8.40 W 2 x 40 40.0 2 8 2.90 Note: Flange thickness for I-eam and hannel is the mean thickness

TEHNIL INFORMTION WELDING SI WELDING SYMOLS ND THEIR LOTION SIGNIFINE Location Fillet Plug or Spot or Seam ack or Surfacing Flange Significance Slot Projection backing Edge orner rrow side (groove weld symbol) Other side (groove weld symbol) not used oth sides not used not used not used not used not used not used not used No arrow side or other side significance not used not used not used not used not used not used SUPPLEMENTRY SYMOLS USED WITH WELDING SYMOLS Flush ontour Symbol Flush contour symbol indicates face of weld to be made flush. When used without a finish symbol, indicates weld to be welded flush without subsequent finishing. M Finish symbol (user s standard) indicates method of obtaining specified contour but not degree of finish. onvex countour symbol indicates face of weld to be finished to convex contour. onvex ontour Symbol Weld-ll-round Symbol Melt-Thru Symbol Field Weld Symbol G Finish symbol (user s standard) indicates method of obtaining specified contour but not degree of finish. Weld all-around symbol indicates that weld extends completely around the joint Melt-thru symbol is not dimensioned (except height) ny applicable weld symbol Field weld symbol indicates that weld is to be made at a place other than that of initial construction SI JOINTS Identification of arrow side and other side of joint utt Joint T-Joint rrow of welding symbol rrow side of joint rrow of welding symbol Other side of joint orner Joint JOINT rrow side of joint Other side of joint rrow side of joint rrow of welding symbol rrow side of joint Other side of joint Joint Other side of joint rrow of welding symbol LOTION OF ELEMENTS OF WELDING SYMOL Finish symbol ontour symbol Root opening: depth of filling for plug and slot welds Size: size or strength for certain welds Reference line Effective throat S(E) T Specification, process, or other reference Tail (may be omitted when reference not used) asic weld symbol or detail reference sides oth F R Other side rrow side (N) Elements in this area remain as shown when tail and arrow are reversed Groove angle, included angle of countersink for plug welds Length of weld Pitch (center-to-center spacing) of welds L P Field weld symbol rrow connecting reference line to arrow side or arrow side member of joing Weld all-around symbol Number of spot or projection welds RROW SIDE ND OTHER SIDE MEMER OF JOINT Lap Joint Other side of joint rrow side member of joint rrow side of joint Edge Joint rrow of welding symbol rrow side of joint Other side member of joint rrow of welding symbol rrow of welding symbol Joint Other side of joint DESIGNTION OF WELDING ND LLIED PROESSES Y LETTERS...air carbon arc cutting...brazing W...cold welding ESW...electroslag welding FO...chemical flux cutting W...air acetylene welding...block brazing D...dip brazing EXW...explosion welding FOW...forge welding D...adhesive bonding MW...bare metal arc welding DF...diffusion brazing F...furnace brazing FRW...friction welding...arc brazing...carbon arc cutting DFW...diffusion welding FW...flux cored arc welding FS...furnace soldering...arc cutting W...carbon arc welding DS...dip soldering FW-EG...flux cored arc welding electrogas FW... flash welding HW...atomic hydrogen welding W-G...gas carbon arc welding ESP...electric arc spraying FL...flow brazing GM...gas metal arc cutting O...oxygen arc cutting W-S...shielded carbon arc welding E... electron beam cutting FLOW...flow welding GMW...gas metal arc welding W...arc welding W-T...twin carbon arc welding EW...electron beam welding FLSP...flame spraying GMW-EG...gas metal arc welding- electrogas 4

TEHNIL INFORMTION OMPONENT TYPES FIGURE FIGURE NUMER: MSS-SP-69 WW-H-7 NUMER: MSS-SP-69 WW-H-7 7 7 T 7 7 2 6 6 2T 6 6 4 27 4 2 2 7 44 4 4 4T 8 8T 9 44 4 40 46 47 47 2 2 47SS 2 2 28 2 2 28SS 2 2 49 46 47 4 44 46 6 4 46 69 2 8 2 2 8T 2 2 8RT 2 8PT 2 8SG 2 8ST 2 82 0 0 84 2 89 8 8 9 9Z 00 00PV 00SS 00I 00T 2 00EL 00SH 0 9 9 22 22 22 22 2 7 8 26 8 8 26T 8 8 26LD 8 8 26LD PV 8 8 26PV 8 8 2 6 8 8 28 6, 7, 8 6, 7, 8, 9 40 4 42 4 42 7 0 0 7 4 4 7SP 4 4 92 9 92W 9 9 2 2 96 2 2 200 2 200VT 2 27 2 222 24 24 240 6 247 8 8 26GS 40 4 26P 40 4 276 4 4 276P 4 4 279 7 7 279L 7 7 28 24 24 28PV 24 24 28SP 24 24 28SS 24 24 297 28 28 298 4 4 0 4 04 04SP 04Z 7 4 to 7Z 9 or 9 40 or 40 60 8 9 702 2 2 800 0 0 800T 0 0 800N 0 0 800PV 0 0 00

SPEILITIES MULTI-STRUT METL FRMING SYSTEM Standard channel, combination channel and concrete insert channel available in standard lengths or cut to suit. Stocked pre-galvanized, painted, or plain; stainless steel upon request. Pipe clips, channel nuts, and a variety of fittings that readily attach to the channel are also available. NON-METLLI FRMING SYSTEM Fiberglass channel and fittings are available in both polyester and vinyl ester finishes. Non-metallic structural shapes are also available upon request. VIRTION ISOLTION ND SEISMI ONTROL Spring and neoprene hanger isolators, housed and free-standing to provide shock and vibration isolation on equipment. Equipment bases, Inertia bases and Isolation Rails are also available. Seismic control braces to help preserve the safety and operation of plant systems during a seismic event. Please ask for our Seismic rochure. STRUTURL STEEL We stock the most popular sizes of angle, channel, I beams, wide flange, steel bars and rods for your ordering convenience. FSTENERS We stock hex bolts, studs, nuts, in carbon and stainless steel as well as lag bolts, tek screws, concrete anchors, adhesive tubes and cartridges. Sammy Super Screws and accessories. 6

SPEILITIES ENGINEERING We maintain an engineering department to design pipe hangers and supports for typical and special applications including seismic, wind, and snow loading. Our engineers utilize contemporary D and computer piping stress analysis programs when needed to meet customer requirements. Registered Professional Engineers are on staff. STRUTURL STEEL FRITION omplete fabrication services to meet your support needs in carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless, aluminum, hastaloy, or any other requirement. PIPE SLEEVES Wall and floor sleeves with or without waterproof stops made from plain or galvanized pipe as well as galvanized sheet metal sleeves made to customer order. Plastic crete sleeves. Rubber mechanical seal material is available. ENGINEERED PRODUTS Variable springs, constant springs, sway braces and travelers, to handle any application. PRE-INSULTED HNGERS alcium silicate and rigid urethane foam in various densities, vapor barriers, saddles and shields provide a full variety of combinations to suit customer applications. Pre-insulated slides and guides with PTFE and graphite are also supplied. 7